Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences

advertisement

2015

Faculty of Economic &

Management Sciences

Undergraduate

NOTICE

All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2015. The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice.

Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does not accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar.

The Higher Education Qualifications Framework (HEQF), as gazetted on 5 October 2007 is currently being phased in at the University. The alignment of all existing programmes with the HEQF is a project that is envisaged to take until 2015 at the earliest to complete. Due to this certain information in this calendar may not be in line with the HEQF.

CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................................. 2

DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY ..................................................... 4

FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF ....................................................................... 5

LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF ............................................................................................ 6

RULES FOR PROGRAMMES ............................................................................................................. 17

BAdmin (Full-Time) ................................................................................................................................. 17

BAdmin (Part-Time) ................................................................................................................................ 22

BCom Full-Time Curriculum ................................................................................................................... 27

BCom Part-Time Curriculum ................................................................................................................... 32

BCom Extended Curriculum..................................................................................................................... 36

BCom (Financial Accounting) .................................................................................................................. 42

BCom (Economics) .................................................................................................................................. 45

BCom (Finance) ....................................................................................................................................... 49

BCom (Human Resource Management) ................................................................................................... 53

BCom (Information Systems) ................................................................................................................... 57

BCom (Management) ............................................................................................................................... 61

BCom (Accounting) ................................................................................................................................. 65

BCom (Accounting) Extended Curriculum ............................................................................................... 69

BCom (Law) ............................................................................................................................................ 73

BEcon (DE) ............................................................................................................................................. 78

Higher Certificate in Economic Development (HCED) ............................................................................ 82

MODULE DESCRIPTORS ................................................................................................................... 84

Extended Curriculla .................................................................................................................................. 84

Business Analysis ..................................................................................................................................... 95

Academic Literacy for Commerce ............................................................................................................ 99

Accounting ............................................................................................................................................ 100

Accounting Related Subjects .................................................................................................................. 106

Economics .............................................................................................................................................. 154

Fair Share (HCED) ................................................................................................................................ 174

Industrial Psychology ............................................................................................................................. 181

Information Systems ............................................................................................................................... 190

School of Business and Finance .......................................................................................................... 132

Law Faculty Module Descriptors ............................................................................................................ 204

Political Studies ...................................................................................................................................... 210

Public Administration ............................................................................................................................. 218

Quantitative Skills for Accounting............................................................................................................ 91

Quantitative Skills for Commerce ............................................................................................................. 90

Quantitative Skills Finance ...................................................................................................................... 94

Quantitative Skills Foundation ................................................................................................................. 99

Quantitative Skills for Literacy ............................................................................................................... 100

Mathematical & Statistical Sciences ....................................................................................................... 209

Business Statistics................................................................................................................................... 209

1

GENERAL INFORM ATION

CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY

All postal correspondence should be addressed to the relevant person or department at:

The University of the Western Cape

Private Bag X17

Bellville

7535

Should you not know the person or department, please direct all correspondence to:

The Registrar

University of the Western Cape

Private Bag X17

Bellville

7535

Faculty related enquiries can be directly forwarded to:

Faculty Manager

Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences

The University of the Western Cape

Private Bag X17

Bellville

7535

Tel: +27 (0)21 959 2257

Fax: +27 (0)21 959 3470/2578

Email: emsadmin@uwc.ac.za

CONTACT NUMBERS

UWC Switchboard

UWC Call Centre

General Fax

+27 (0)21 959-2911

+27 (0)21 959 3900/1/2/3

+27 (0)21 959-3126

THE UNIVERSITY’S WEBSITE: www.uwc.ac.za

GENERAL BURSARIES AND LOANS

Full particulars of bursaries and loans are set out in a separate brochure that is obtainable from:

Financial Aid Office

University of the Western Cape

Private Bag X17

Bellville

7535

Tel: +27 (0) 21 959 3114

2

CALENDAR

The calendar is obtainable in the following separate parts:

Part 1 General Information

Part 2 Faculty of Science

Part 3 Faculty of Arts

(a) Undergraduate

(b) Postgraduate

Part 4 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences

(a) Undergraduate

(b) Postgraduate

Part 5 Faculty of Education

Part 6 Faculty of Dentistry

Part 7 Faculty of Law

Part 8 Faculty of Community and Health Sciences

Part 9 Schedule of Fees

A separate publication containing the Faculty’s teaching and examination time-tables is obtainable from the Faculty Office. Students may also access this information via the student portal.

PLEASE NOTE:

All prospective EMS students will be required to write the National Benchmarking test, which is an admissions test for placement purposes. Please visit the website for more details: www.nbt.ac.za

3

DEGREES AND DIPLOM AS CONFERRED IN TH E FACULTY

DEGREES

Bachelor of Administration

Bachelor of Commerce

Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting

Bachelor of Commerce in Financial Accounting

Bachelor of Commerce in Economics

Bachelor of Commerce in Finance

Bachelor of Commerce in Management

Bachelor of Commerce in Human Resources

Bachelor of Commerce in Information Systems

Bachelor of Commerce in Law

Bachelor of Economics in Development Economics

Bachelor of Administration (Honours)

Bachelor of Commerce (Honours)

Bachelor of Arts Honours

BAdmin

BCom

BCom (Acc)

BCom (FinAcc)

BCom (Eco)

BCom(Fin)

BCom(Man)

BCom(HR)

BCom(IFS)

BCom (Law)

BEcon (DE)

BAdmin (Hons)

BCom (Hons)

BA (Hons)

Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Finance

Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Management

Bachelor of Economics (Honours)

Master of Development Studies

Master of Administration

Master of Economics

Master of Commerce

BComHons(Finance)

BComHons(Management)

BEcon (Hons)

DVS

MAdmin

MEcon

MCom

Master of Arts

Master of Public Administration

Master of Philosophy (Land and Agrarian Studies)

MA

MPA

Doctor of Philosophy

DIPLOMAS & CERTIFICATES

Advanced Diploma in Management

MPhil (LAS)

PhD

AdvDip (Management)

Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) AdvDip (Management) (Finance)

Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) AdvDip (Management) (Financial

Planning)

Advanced Diploma in Public Administration

Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting

Postgraduate Diploma in Management

Postgraduate Diploma in Finance

Postgraduate Diploma in Land & Agrarian Studies

Higher Certificate in Economic Development

ADPA

PGDip (Accounting)

PGDip(Management)

PGDip (Finance)

PGDip (LAS)

HCED

ACCESS PROGRAMMES

Management Development Programme

Senior Management Development Programme

Programme in Economic Principles

Programme in Economic Principles and Policy

MDP

SMDP

PEP I

PEPP II

4

FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF

FACULTY BOARD

The Rector (ex officio), Vice Rectors (ex officio)

Profs: DJ Visser, F Abrahams, CJ Bakkes, C Cairney, A du Toit, LER De Vries, , M Esau, W Geach,

S Gool, R Hall, M Hara, F Herbst, P Hirschsohn, A Hsieh, K Hodnet, I Ille, M Isaacs, L Loxton, L Piper,

J May, R Peters, J Pretorius, G Ruiters, C Tapscott, L Thompson, JJ Williams.

Extraordinary Prof: D Blackmur, S Devereux, A Erwin, R Pellesier, DI Garach, CJ de Villiers.

B Cousins.

Extraordinary Prof (Associate): O Mollagee, SA Smulders.

Extraordinary Senior Lecturers: Dr B von Lieres, KA Gottschalk, M Aliber, T Leuscher-Mamashela,

M D November,

Drs : C Africa, , F Anciano, A Bayat, J Breytenbach, W Brown, P Brijlal, G Davids, D Desai,

M Dinbabo, M Du Plessis, A Karriem, B Mahembe, E Makaudze, N Mashiyi, V McGhie, J Njenga,

L Pretorius, C Steyn, S Penderis, D Yu, G van Gensen,

Messrs : G Adams, RG Arendse, D Alexander, M Botha, S Bucholtz, G Caseley, R George, G Hearn,

P Hamel, K Heslop, M Hoskins, E Isaacs, J Jansen, S Klein, N Matanga, N Kock, ER Mentoor,

I Mohamed, E Muriro, R Oliver, E Pullen, W Rinquest, P Saungweme, J Siebrits, AJ Saayman, GF Steyn,

G Thaver, E van der Ross, Q Paulsen.

Mmes : A Bayat, C Christians, C Conradie, E Hamel, D Hamman-Fisher, R Jano, L Kimani, J Lawrence,

L Lorente-Quesada, K Mobarak, P Moodley, M Moses, , Z Mitchell, A Mujawamilya, H Naidoo,

L Ndesi, A Noordien, M Otto, J Pretorius, F Petersen, L Svenson, J Terblanche, L Uys, C van den Berg,

S van Staden, B Williams.

Representatives of:

Faculty of Law:

Faculty of Science:

Faculty of Education:

Faculty of Community and Health Sciences:

FACULTY OFFICE STAFF

Dean:

Deputy Dean - Research:

Mr F Moosa

Mr A Latief

Prof J Smith

Dr S Bassett

DJ Visser, BCom, HDE (Stellenbosch), BCom (Hons)

(South Africa), MCom (Western Cape), PhD (Stellenbosch)

(FIAC)

Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (Cape Town), MCom (UKZN),

BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa

Cum Laude, MIFM, Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA)

Deputy Dean – Academic:

Faculty Manager:

Senior Faculty Officer:

Faculty Officers:

Administrative Officer:

P Hirschsohn, BBusSc (Cape Town), BCom (Hons) (South

Africa), MSc (Oxon), PhD (MIT)

W Rinquest, BCom, HDE, BEd (Western Cape)

S v Staden, BScocSci (UCT), BPA (Hons) (Stellenbosch)

Cum Laude

M Delport BCom (Western Cape)

M Engel BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)

C Pharoah, (Nat Dipl) (Cape Peninsula UT)

N Nkohla BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)

P Dibela, BCom (Western Cape), BAdmin (Hons) (Western

Cape)

5

Administrative Assistants:

Dean’s Secretary:

Dean’s Administrative Assistant:

Faculty Manager’s Administrative

Assistant:

E Ndayishimiye BCom(Western Cape), BCom (Hons) IFS

(Western Cape)

S Van der Schyff

J Voight

L Naude Dip: Adult Education (Cape Town)

LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF

(Departmental chairpersons are denoted with an asterisk (*)

ACCOUNTING

Professors:

Extraordinary Professors:

Associate Professor:

Extraordinary Associate Professor:

Senior Lecturers:

Lecturers:

P

Administrative Officer:

Academic Support Coordinator:

L Loxton B.SC (Stellenbosch), B Acc (Hons) (Stellenbosch),

MBA (South Africa), CA (SA)

CJ Bakkes, MCompt (South Africa), CA (SA)

WD Geach, BA (LLB) (Cape Town), MCom, CTA, FCIS,

CA (SA), Admitted Advocate of the High Court of SA,

Fellow of the University of Kwazulu Natal

DI Garach, MCom(Taxation) (UDW), CA(SA)

CJ de Villiers, MBA (US), PhD Commerce (UP), CA(SA)

C Cairney, MCom, (Cape Town), MSc (UWE), CA (SA)

O Mollagee, BCom (Hons Acc) (Western Cape), BCom

(Hons) Taxation (Cape Town), CA (SA)

AJ Saayman, BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA)

J Jansen, (BCom (Hons) Acc (Kwazulu Natal), CA (SA),

MCom (Accounting Sciences) (UP)

J Siebrits, BCom (Law), LLB (Stellenbosch), BCompt

(Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA)

P Hamel, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (RAU), CA (SA)

J Pretorius, BCom (Hons) (Natal), MCom (NMMU), CA

(SA)

L Uys, MCom (Auditing) (Stellenbosch), CA (SA)

E Hamel, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (RAU), MCom (Taxation)

(RAU), Diploma Tertiary Education (UNISA)

J Terblanche BCom (ACC) (US), BCom(Hons) (ACC)

(Unisa), HDE (USO), MComm (Computer Auditing) (US),

CA(SA)

RG Arendse, BCom (Finance) (Western Cape), BCom

(Hons) (Investments) (Western Cape), PGDE (Higher

Education) (Cape Town)

A Noordien, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA)

M Otto, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA)

E Pullen, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape), CA (SA)

G Adams, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (Western Cape), CA (SA)

S Klein, PGDA(UCT), CA (SA)

GF Steyn BCom (ACC) (UP), BCom (ACC) (Hons) (US)

I Mohamed, BCom (Hons) (ACC), (UKZN), CA (SA)

Z Mitchell, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (UWC), CA (SA)

B Williams, BCom (ACC)(UWC), BCom(Hons)(UWC), CA

(SA)

D Alexander, PG Dip(Tax Law)(ACC), (Management)

(UCT), CA (SA)

Z Salie

C Jacobs-Williams, BA (Psychology & Sociology) (UWC)

6

Marks Administrators: E Felaar, NCM (Cape Peninsula UT)

S Couert, BCom (Western Cape) ADM (Postgraduate)

(UWC)

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

Extra-Ordinary Senior Lecturer:

Teaching & Learning Specialist:

Senior Lecturer :

Lecturer:

Assistant Lecturers:

Administrative Officer:

Marks Administrator:

EXTENDED PROGRAMME

Lecturers:

MD NovemberBA (Hons) (Keele), MA (History) (London),

MA (Teaching English as a Second Language) (UCLA),

PhD (UCLA)

*N Mashiyi BA (Hons), BEd (Unitra), MEd (ESL)

(Rhodes), N.D Small Business Management (TSA), PhD

(Education Policy Studies) (University of Pretoria)

VF McGhie, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Linguistics)

(Western Cape), MA (Linguistics) (Western Cape), Higher

Diploma in Education (P/G) (Western Cape), Diploma in

Public Relations Practice (Academy of Learning), PhD

(Stellenbosch)

L Ndesi, BTh (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Western Cape),

MTh (Western Cape)

N Ayford, BCom (Western Cape)

M de Maar, BCom (Western Cape)

M Februarie, BAdmin (Western Cape)

K Ramongane, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)

L Snyers, BCom (Western Cape)

R May

R Kriel

G Thaver, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape)

Dr D Desai, BSc (Cape Town), BSc (Hons) (Western Cape),

B. Mus. (Mus.Lib.), M.Mus. (Mus. Ed.) (Cape Town), BEd

(SA), PhD (Natal), H.D.L.S. (SA), H.E.D. (SA), L.T.C.L.

L Llorente Quesada, B.Com (Honours) (UCLV); MCom

(Western Cape), MA (Film and Media) (Cape Town) Summa

Cum Laude

R George, (BTh), BA (Hons) (Western Cape)

E Muriro, BCom Accounting (Western Cape), BCompt

(Hons) (South Africa), Advanced Certificate in Auditing

(apt)

K Mobarak - (Hons) (UWC), MCom (UWC

Q Paulsen - Management and Finance (Hons) (UWC)

E v d Ross, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape)

P Moodley (B.PAED-PRIM ED) (UDW), (B.Ed Curriculum

Studies – English) (UDW), (Diploma in Ed Management),

(RAU), (Masters in Education) (UWC).

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE

Director/Associate Professor: R Peters, BCom, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), MBL

(South Africa), PhD (Johannesburg)

Mauerberger Chair in Finance: S Gool, BSc (Cape Town), BEcon Hons (Western Cape),

MA Fin (UCalif), HED (South Africa), Chartered Financial

Analyst

Professors: P Hirschsohn, BBusSc (Cape Town), BCom (Hons) (South

Africa), MSc (Oxon), PhD (MIT)

7

Associate Professor:

Senior Lecturers:

Lecturers:

F Herbst, Dcom (Pretoria), MCom (Pretoria), National

Higher Diploma: Post School Education (Technikon SA),

BCom (Hons) (UNISA), BCom (Pretoria)

L De Vries, BCom (Hons), STD (Western Cape), MBA

(Stellenbosch)

Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (Cape Town), MCom (UKZN),

BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa

Cum Laude, MIFM, Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA)

K Hodnett, PhD (UCT), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons)

(UND), Cum Laude , BCom (UND)

P Brijlal, BSc, HDE (Natal), MBA (Durban Westville)

W Brown BSc (UCT), MBA (Finance), (Manchester), PhD

(Stellenbosch)

EBH Isaacs, MCom (Western Cape)

ER Mentoor, MCom (Western Cape)

C Steyn, BA(USB), MPhil (USB), PhD (Pretoria),

Certificate in Coaching Practice (USB).

A Bayat, BA (Medina), BCom (Hons), MCom (Western

Cape)

M. Botha BCom, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), (MCom)

(UCT)

G Caseley, BCom (Natal), BCom (Hons) (South Africa)

Cum Laude , MBA (Witwatersrand) Cum Laude

T Combrinck, HDE, Bed, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western

Cape)

P Saungweme, Dip Ed (UZim), B.Com (Hons) Mgmt &

Coordinator:

Finance (Midlands State), MBA (NUST (ZIM)

L Svenson - BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape)

G van Gensen, BA (UWC), MBA (Univ of Wales), BDA

Secretary:

Administrators:

Customer Relations Officer:

Tutor Coordinator:

DTech (Cenral Uni of Technology)

N Zumani

Vacant

Josias Hove BCom (University of Zimbabwe)

Administrative Assistant:

D Arendse BTech (CPUT)

M Orrie, ADM (Western Cape)

F Petersen

M Paulsen

D Dowman BA (Western Cape)

S James

ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU)

Vacant

AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP & DEMOCRACY (ACCEDE)

Director/Professor:

Administrator:

L Thompson, BA (CAPE TOWN), BA (Hons), MA

(Rhodes), PhD (Western Cape)

Vacant

8

ECONOMICS

Professors:

Associate Professors:

Senior Lecturers:

Lecturers:

Administrative Officers:

Administrative Assistant:

Secretary:

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

Professor:

Associate Professor:

Senior Lecturers:

Lecturers:

Marks Administrator:

Secretary:

Vacant

Vacant

E Makaudze, BSc (UZ), MSc (Agric Econ) (Texas A & M),

MA (OSU), PhD (OSU)

KCD Yu, BBA (South Africa), BEcon (Hons), MEcon

(Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch)

M Moses, BCom, BCom (Econ) (Hons), MCom (Econ)

(Western Cape)

A Bayat, BA (Cape Town), BEcon (Econ) (Hons) (Western

Cape), MA (Econ) (William's College)

C Christians, BSc (Physio) (Cape Town), BEcon (Hons)

(Western Cape)

C Dilgee (Postgraduate)

C Arnold (Undergraduate)

Z Duncan, BCom (UWC)

N Mhlongo, BA (Cape Town), (PDOM) (Cape Town)

F Abrahams, BEcon, BCom (Hons) (Cum Laude), MEcon

(Western Cape), DCom (South Africa), Registered Industrial

Psychologist with the Health Profession Council of South

Africa (HPCSA)

Vacant

M du Plessis, BA (Stellenbosch), BA (Hons) (Stellenbosch)

MA (Human Resource Management (Stellenbosch), PhD

(Industrial Psychology) (UWC), Registered Industrial

Psychologist (HPCSA))

K Heslop, BA (Hons) (Psychology UND), BAdmin (Hons)

(Ind Relations); BAdmin (Hons) (Ind Psychology); MAdmin

(Ind Psych), (Cum Laude) (UDW), Registered Industrial

Psychologist (HPCSA), Registered Chartered Human

Resource Practitioner (SABPP)

B Mahembe, BSc (Hons) (UZ), BComm (Hons) (Industrial

Psychology (UFH), MComm (Industrial Psychology) by dissertation (UFH), MComm (Psych) (US), PhD (Industrial

Psychology) (US).

R Jano, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape),

Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA),

D Hamman-Fisher, NDipl (HR and Bus Econ) (Cape

Peninsula UT), BAdmin (Hons) (UWC), MA (UWC)

R Oliver, BCom (Hons), MCom (UWC)

F Jasson

D Ferrus, BA, BA (Hons) (Western Cape)

9

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Professor:

Senior Lecturers:

Lecturers:

Dept Administrator:

Post-grad Administrator:

Undergrad Administrator:

LAW FACULTY

Mercantile Law and Labour Law

Head of Department:

Professors:

Senior Lecturers:

Lecturers:

Public Law:

Employment Law:

Company Law:

Social Security Law:

Vacant

*JK Njenga, BSc (Computer Science) (Nairobi); MCom

(IM) (Western Cape), PhD (Western Cape)

J Breytenbach, BCom Mathematics (US), MCom IT (UFS),

PhD IS (UP)

G Hearn BInst-Agrar Hons (Pretoria), BSc for (Silviculture)

US (MSAIF)

C van den berg, B.Com Marketing (UP), Masters in

Business Administration (US), MPhil (US)

F Petersen B.Com IS (UCT), B.Com IS (Hon)(UCT),

M.Com IS (UWC)

L Kimani, MCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) IS

(Western Cape), BCom (Western Cape)

S Viljoen, MTech (CUT)

A Budree, MSc (Financial Economics) (University of

London), BSc (Hons) (South Africa), BSc (IS) (UND)

L Wildscut

W Mwaba, BA (North West)

A Mujawamilya, BCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons)

(Western Cape), MPhil (Population Studies) (Western Cape)

Prof. MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLM (Free State), LLM

(Canbtab), Adv of High Court of SA

D Du Toit, BA, LLB (Cape Town), LLD (Leiden), Prof

Emeritus (Western Cape), Attorny of the High Court of SA

ED Malherbe, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), LLD

(Western Cape)

MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLB, LLM (Free State), LLM

(Cantab), Adv of High Court of SA

GF Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Adv of High

Court of SA

E Huysamen, LLB, LLM ( Cum Laude ) (Stellenbosch),

Attorny of the High Court of SA

P Koornhof BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Attorny of the

High Court of SA

F Moosa, B Proc, LLB (Western Cape), LLM (Cape Town),

Attorny of the High Court of SA

P S Bolton, BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape), Advocate of the High Court of SA

G F Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Advocate of the

High Court of SA

A von Zelewski, First & Second State Examinations in Law

(Germany), Attorney of the High Court of SA

B Conradie

K Chinnian-Kester, BA, LLB, LLM (Western Cape)

10

POLITICAL STUDIES

Professor:

Extra-ordinary Senior Lecturer:

Senior Lecturer

Lecturer:

Administrator:

MATHEMATICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS

Dept Chairperson:

Admin Assistant:

Professors:

Prof RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc, (Stellenbosch),

PhD (Stellenbosch)

GL Hendricks, DipExSecr (Bellv Acad/Boston House)

RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc (Stellenbosch), PhD

(Stellenbosch)

Associate Professors:

Extra-Ordinary Profs:

Senior Lecturers:

Lecturers:

PJ Witbooi, MSc (Western Cape), PhD (Cape Town)

F Benyah, PhD (Western Australia, Perth)

J Key, MPHIL, PhD (London)

N Marcus, BSc (Hons) (South Africa), PhD (Cape Town)

E Mwambene, Drrernat (Vienna)

K Patidar, PhD (IIT Kanpur, India)

M Mdekazi, MSc (Wisconsin), MSc (Cape Town)

MR Omar, HDE, PhD (Cape Town)

W Fish, HDE, MSc (Math Ed) (South Africa), MSc (Cape

Town), PhD (Western Cape)

Senior Officer:

Officers:

M Mohlala, PhD (Howard University)

MG Salasa, BSc (Hons) (Western Cape)

B May, BSc, HDE, Bed (Western Cape)

A Taylor, BSc, HDE (Western Cape)

F Karriem, MSc (Western Cape)

J Wyngaardt, BSc(Hons)(Western Cape)

GL Hendricks, (Dip EX Secr) (Bellv Acad/Boston House) Administrative Assistant:

STATISTICS

Dept Chairperson:

L Piper PhD (Cambridge)

J Pretorius, PhD (Cambridge)

B von Lieres, BA (Hons), MA (Witwatersrand), DPhil

(University of Essex)

C Africa (PhD) (Cape Town)

JM Hoskins, BA; BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape)

F Anciano PHd (University of London)

N Matshanda, PHd (University of Edinburgh)

Nadia Jansen

GC van Rooyen, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)

Admin Assistant:

Professors:

Associate Professor:

Extraordinary Prof:

Senior Lecturers:

Prof RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD

(Pretoria)

L Selbourne, BTh (Urbanium University-Rome)

C Koen, PhD (Cape Town), PhD (Rand Afrikaans

University)

D Kotze, DCom (Stellenbosch), MSc (South Africa), MBL

(South Africa)

RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Pretoria)

R Shell, PhD (Yale)

H Doctor, PhD, MA (Demography) (Pennsylvania

University)

G Tati, PhD (Univ of Bristol), DEA (Univ of Paris,

Pantheon-Sorbonne), MSc (IFORD), Maitrise (Univ of

Congo), Licence (Univ of Congo)

11

Lecturers:

Chief Officers:

U/G Programme Administrator:

Fair Share Division Manager

A Latief, MSc (Western Cape)

N Stiegler, DEA, Institut d'etudes demographiques universté de Bordeaux Maitrise and Licence, Universté montesquieu

Bordeaux IV

N Makapela, MSc (Western Cape)

L Corker, BSc (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), MSc (Cape

Town)

R Lombard, MSc (Western Cape) Senior Officer:

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT

Director

Associate Professor:

Senior Lecturer:

Admin Officer:

Librarian:

Training Division Manager:

Administrator:

Finance Manager:

Administrator:

P/G Programme Coordinator:

Senior P/G Administrator:

P/G Administrator:

Associate Proffessor :

Senior Lecturer U/G Programme

Coordinator:

C. Tapscott, PhD (London), MSoc Sc (Birmingham), BSocSc

(Hons), PA(UCT)

G Ruiters, MA (Wits University), PhD (JohnsHopkins,

USA)

MV Esau, BAdmin (Hons), MAdmin, PhD (Western Cape)

JJ Williams BA, BA (Hons), HED (Cum

Laude),MA(UWC),MUP (Master of Planning), PhD (U

Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA)

I Ille, BEd (Hons) (University of Ibadan) (Nigeria), MPA,

(University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (University of Pretoria)

G Davids, PhD (Western Cape)

F Hendricks, Secretarial Diploma (Todds Commercial

College)

N Seymour, BA (Western Cape)

E Hamza, MAdmin (Public Administration) (US), BAdmin

(Hons) (Western Cape)

V Haywood, PGDG (Western Cape)

A D Roman, MAdmin (Public Finance) (UWC), BCom (Hons)

(Western Cape) BA (Western Cape), HDE (Western Cape)

B Du Plessis, ADM (Western Cape), BCom (Hons)

(Management) (Western Cape)

L Pretorius, PGD in Econ, Adv Dipl in Educ, HDE, BA

(Cape Town), MA (Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape)

L Festers

B Maart

I Ille, Bed (Hons) (University of Ibadan) Nigeria, MPA,

(University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (Pretoria)

GJ Davids, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) Dev

(Stellenbosch), Phd (Western Cape), PMD (Harvard), CIFE

(IIAP-France)

L Eyssen

T Khaile, MA in Public Management (Witwatersrand),

(Witwatersrand) MPhil Public Law (Western Cape)

F Miso, BA, BA (Hons) MPA (Western Cape)

L Petersen, HCED (Certificate)

B Mtsotso, ADPA (Diploma)

12

INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS)

DST/NRF Research Chair/Sen Prof:

Director /Prof:

Associate Professors:

B Cousins, BA (South Africa), DPhil (Zim)

A du Toit, MA (Stellenbosch), PhD (Essex)

M Hara, MSc (Humberside), PhD (Western Cape)

R Hall, BSocSc (Hons) (Cape Town), MPhil (Oxford) DPhil

Senior Researcher:

Researchers:

(Sussex)

M Isaacs, MPhil, PhD (Western Cape)

B Tapela, MA (Pretoria), MPhil (Western Cape)

D Miller, MA, PhD (John Hopkins)

G Paradza, MSc(Zim), PhD (Wageningen)

D Neves, BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes)

E Sulle, BA (Tanzania), M.Pub Policy (Maryland)

A dub, MPhil (Western Cape)

C Hakizimana, BTh (Hons), MDevStud (KwaZulu-Natal)

L Loate, BA (Western Cape), MPA (Pretoria)

Research Iterns:

Administrative Manager:

M Ngubane, MA (Free State)

A Okunlola, MA (Western Cape)

D Chikazunga, MSc (Zimbabwe)

B Ntwana, MPA (Western Cape)

U Arends, BA (Hons), MA (Western Cape), Dip Adult Ed

Financial Manager:

Senior Finance Officer:

(Cape Town)

T Reddy, Dipl Fin Acc (Instit of Admin &

Comm)

F Oeja, Dip Fin Acc (Varsity College)

D Delpaul, Nat Dipl (Internal Auditing), (Cape Peninsula

UT)

Information & Communications Officer: R Pointer, BJourn (Rhodes)

Librarian: G Kerchhoff, BA (Natal), HDipl Lib& Info Sc (Cape Town)

Senior Administrator:

Senior Administrator:

Admin Officer:

T Warries, Sec.Dipl (Maurice), Pub Rel Cert (Damelin)

C Henry, BCom (Western Cape)

J van Dieman, BA (Wetsern Cape), Secr Dipl (Collingwood)

B Malama, BA (Hons) (Weatern Cape)

L Ncoliwe, BCom (Western Cape) Senior Student Assistant:

INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (ISD)

Director: J May, B.Soc.Sci (UN), B.Soc.Sci (Hons) (UN), M.Soc.Sci

(UN), PhD (UKZN)

Extraordinary Professor:

Senior Lecturers:

S Devereux, BA (UCT), MPhil, DPhil (Oxon) (Luca d’Angliano Award for Development Research; Africa

Studies Association Dissertation Prize)

S P Penderis, PhD (UWC), MA (Cum Laude) (US), BA

Lecturer:

DAAD Fellow:

Administrative Officer:

(Hons) (Cum Laude), BA (US)

A Karriem, BA, BA (Hons) (UWC), M.R.P, PhD (Cornell)

Adv N Kock, B-Iuris, LLB (UWC)

C M Conradie, BA, BA (Hons) (Cum Laude) (Pretoria), MA

(Cum Laude)(Western Cape), MPhil (Cum Laude) (US)

M F Dinbaso, BSc, MA (UWC), MA (RUB), PhD (UWC)

Vacant

P M Kippie

13

AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP AND DEMOCRACY

The African Centre for Citizenship & Democracy (ACCEDE) was established in 1990 to:

Research and disseminate findings on southern African issues, particularly those of a social, economic, and political nature;

Educate South Africans in regional and international relations through appropriate academic and

Adult Education courses;

Raise public awareness of southern African questions through conferences, symposia, and workshops.

The ACCEDE’s establishment was motivated by a concern that regional and international issues have traditionally been held outside the domain of South Africa’s majority and that the history of domination, conflict, and aggression, which has characterised relations between South Africa and its neighbours in the past, requires:

The conduct of research in South Africa relevant to the construction of a peace-oriented, nonmilitaristic, non-hegemonic cooperative order in southern Africa after apartheid.

An analysis of current and future problems from the point of view of promoting a new type of regional role for a democratic South Africa.

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT

The mission of the School of Government at the University of the Western Cape is to contribute to the development of policies, institutions, and practices of democratic governance by means of:

• the production of appropriately educated and trained elected officials and administrators; the production of knowledge through research which will inform policy making in the spheres of governance and administration;

• the promotion of the values of democratic accountability, social equity, ethical conduct, transparency, responsiveness and representativeness as key dimensions of the process of political and administrative transformation in South Africa.

• to broaden the School’s target groups to include a greater number of students, particularly black students and women, who possess practical experience not only in the public service but in other related sectors (NGOs, Unions, CBOs etc.); to give the School’s programmes a more relevant practical orientation in addition to theoretical and descriptive understanding and knowledge;

• to introduce new forms of teaching and learning methodologies, that are innovative, interactive and experiential in focus, and designed to stimulate critical thinking and problem solving; and

• to use more varied and imaginative assessment procedures, designed to test practical skills and competencies as well as theoretical and descriptive knowledge.

INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS)

Vision and Mission

PLAAS engages in research, training, policy development and advocacy in relation to land and agrarian reform, rural governance and natural resource management.

PLAAS is committed to social change that empowers the poor, builds democracy, and enhances sustainable livelihoods. Gender equity is integral to these goals.

PLAAS aims for rigour in its scholarship, excellence in its training, and effectiveness in its policy support and advocacy. It strives to play a critical yet constructive role in processes of social, economic, and political transformation.

14

FAIR SHARE

Fair Share is a unit of the School of Government, at the University of the Western Cape. Within the

School of Government’s broad vision of fostering democratic and effective governance, Fair Share is the unit that works primarily within communities to assist civil society organisations to participate in municipal governance. The focus of our work is to strengthen the capacity of communities to participate effectively in municipal planning and budgeting processes.

A meaningful participation of communities in municipal planning and budgeting processes has been a key focus of Fair Share’s programmes since its inception. Through its two main programmes, i.e. Certificate in Economic Development and the Local Government Partnership Programme, Fair Share has developed various capacity building interventions for communities, community organisations, ward committees, municipal councillors, municipal officials and a broad range of non-governmental organisations.

Programmes

Local Economic Development (LED)

The Local Economic Development Programme is line with the mission of the School of Government and in particular that of Fair Share which is aimed at strengthening the capacity of community leaders to play a meaningful role in local governance. It is presented as a qualification as well as separate stand alone course. The programme is at National Qualification Framework Level 5.

Higher Certificate in Economic development (HCED)

The HCED is an accredited programme offered at National Qualifications Framework Level 5. It was designed to meet the demand for street economists who are able to assist the organization’s and communities to participate in economic development processes of their communities.

The HCED strives to, in a focused and in-depth programme delivered over a period of one year. It utilizes contracted experienced facilitators from and outside Fair Share. The HCED is offered through both an on-site learning as well as a distance education model utilizing adult education principles and methods. A central aspect of the delivery is that participants are required to apply their learning in their community and organisational contexts.

Participants are recruited from the Limpopo, KwaZulu-Natal, Eastern Cape, Western and North West provinces. Most of our participants are from community-based organizations, non-governmental organizations and from municipalities. To date, since 2003 177 students have participated in the CED.

Research and Publications

To ensure that our work is constantly responding to the changing needs in the various contexts where we work, on-going research is critical. The research agenda is thus shaped by the needs emerging from the various programmes and projects. Accordingly, publications are regularly produced to inform and educate ourselves and community organizations on matters of local government and broad range of social and economic development issues.

Our main publication is Partnership in Action. This publication is used for among other things to share with our partners and communities the valuable insights and lessons we made from working with communities. It is produced quarterly and highlights our collective reflection of our work.

15

Advanced Diploma in Public Administration

The ADPA is a South African Qualification Authority (SAQA) accredited qualification at National

Qualifications Framework (NQF) level 6.

The ADPA is aimed at those already working in government, municipalities and development organisations in South Africa and other developing countries. It is targeted in particular at those who aspire to advance to senior positions within govwernment, municipalities and development sectors.

THE ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU)

The Entrepreneurship Development Unit (EDU) is located in the School of Business and Finance (SBF).

The mission of the (EDU) is to promote enterprise development focusing on the small and medium enterprise (SME) sector, including building the capacity of existing businesses to take advantage of linkage opportunities within the local economy. Furthermore, through the provision of specific training and counselling support/consulting services, its goal is to equip entrepreneurs (both students and SME owners) to be able to manage more effectively and efficiently. The Unit seeks to work in partnership with organizations strategically placed to promote economic growth and development within the South African context.

The specific aims are:

• to coordinate research, training and consulting which focuses on the sector

• to coordinate and grow a practical project for final year undergraduate students of the SBF which gives them the opportunity to earn credits by completing a project for a large firm or providing a business consultancy service to a small or micro enterprise

• to partner the SBF in developing and teaching a specialized entrepreneurship programme to aspirant entrepreneurs and SME owners to develop professionalize and grow their operations,

• enable graduates to work with NGO’s, government, financial institutions in providing management, financial consultancy and other support to the SME sector.

• to provide consultancy services and develop sustainable relationships with the SME community

• to develop and present short courses to address particular SME organizational requirements and

• to develop, coordinate and teach a range of certificated courses and Entrepeneur Development

Programmes, either as stand-alone programmes or in conjunction with other units in the

Faculty.

16

RULES FOR PROGRAMM ES

BACHELOR OF ADMINISTRATION DEGREE - (BAdmin) (1011) (3yrs-f/time)

D.1 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Administration

D.1.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st

Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or

additional language).

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st

Level 5 (60-69%) in Mathematics Literacy

additional language)

D.1.2

(a)

Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008

No person shall be admitted as a candidate for the BAdmin degree unless he/she has obtained the Matriculation Certificate or an Exemption certificate thereof with an aggregate of at least a

D (50%).

OR

(b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

D. 2 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.3 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years of full-time study.

D.4

D.4.1

CURRICULUM

Level 1

Module Name

Compulsory

Group 1

Political Studies 131

Public Administration 131

South African Politics and Government 132

Academic Literacy for Commerce 131

Information Systems 132

Alpha Code Cred

POL131 15

PUA131

GOV132

ALC131

IFS132

15

15

15

15

17

Group 2 (select 1 module)

Quantitative Literacy for Commerce 141

Quantitative Skills for Comm. 131

Electives (select 2 modules to the value of 30 credits)

Financial Accounting 143

Business Statistics 132

Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)

Industrial Psychology 132

Principles of Business Management 132

Statistics 142

Sub-total

D.4.2 Level 2

Module Name

Compulsory

Political Studies 231

Political Studies 232

Public Administration 211

Public Administration 212

Public Administration 221

Public Administration 222

Electives (select 1 group)

Group 1

Economics 231

Economics 232

Economics 233

Economics 234

Group 2

Industrial Psychology 231

Industrial Psychology 232

Industrial Psychology 233

Industrial Psychology 234

Group 3

Information Systems 231

Information Systems 233

Group 4 (Management)

Marketing

Operations

Business Finance

Finance and Analytical Techniques

Group 5 (SME Management)

Entrepreneurship - Starting a Small Business

Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises

Marketing

Operations

D.4.3 Level 3

Option 1 (select both groups)

Module Name

Group 1

Political Studies 331

Political Studies 332

18

QLC141

QSC131

FIA143

BUS132

ECO134

IPS132

MAN132

STA142

120

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

IFS231

IFS233

MAN231

MAN233

MAN234

MAN235

MAN201

MAN206

MAN231

MAN233

Sub-total

Alpha Code Cred

POL231

POL232

PUA211

PUA212

PUA221

20

20

10

10

10

PUA222

ECO231

ECO232

ECO233

ECO234

IPS231

IPS232

IPS233

IPS234

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

20

20

10

10

10

10

120

Alpha Code Cred

POL331 30

POL332 30

Group 2

Public Administration 311

Public Administration 313

Public Administration 321

Public Administration 323

Option 2 (select 1 group from option 1 and one group from option 2)

Module Name

Group 1 (if not selected in option 1)

Political Studies 331

Political Studies 332

Group 2 (if not selected in option 1)

Public Administration 311

Public Administration 313

Public Administration 321

Public Administration 323

Group 3

Compulsory

Economics 331

Economics 332

Electives (select 1 sub-group)

Group 3.1

Economics 311

Economics 335

Group 3.2

Economics 334

Economics 336

Group 4

Industrial Psychology 331

Industrial Psychology 333

Industrial Psychology 335

Industrial Psychology 337

Group 5

Information Systems 361

Information Systems 362

Group 6

Strategic Management

Financial and Analytical Techniques

Financial Management

Group 7

Research and Communication for Business

PUA311

PUA313

PUA321

PUA323

15

15

15

15

Alpha Code Cred

POL331 30

POL332

PUA311

PUA313

PUA321

PUA323

ECO331

ECO332

ECO311

ECO335

ECO334

ECO336

IPS331

IPS333

IPS335

IPS337

IFS361

IFS362

MAN304

MAN314

MAN305

MAN312

30

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

30

30

15

15

15

15

Strategic Management

Research and Communication for Business

Services Marketing

MAN304

MAN314

MAN303

15

15

15

Project Management MAN325

Sub-total

TOTAL

15

120

360

D.5 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.6 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules:

19

D.6.1 Level 1

D.6.1.1

A student is required to pass at least 30 credits (to proceed) in the 1st year of registration and

90 credits per annum thereafter to be promoted.

D.6.1.2

After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce

(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132).

D.6.1.3

A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.

D.6.1.4

After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules (120 credits) in order to promote.

D.6.2 Level 2

D.6.2.1

A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.

D.6.2.2

After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote.

D.6.3 Level 3

D.6.3.1

A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met.

D.6.3.2

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.6.3.3

The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.7

D.7.1

ADVANCE REGISTRATION

A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.7.2

A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.8 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules:

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.9

D.9.1

No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;

D.9.2

D.9.3

The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;

No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes.

20

D.9.4 Transferring to BCom Degree

The following requirements are compulsory for students wishing to change from the BAdmin to the

BCom Degree:

D.9.4.1

A pass in 75 of the 90 compulsory BAdmin 1st year credits

D.9.4.2

Passed at least 105 credits in the first year of enrolment full-time or in two years part-time enrolment

D.9.4.3

To register for Business Statistics 132 AND all remaining BCom modules in consultation with the curriculum advisor.

D.9.5 Major Subjects

Unless the Senate determines otherwise:

D.9.5.1

Each curriculum shall have a minimum of 60 third year level credits in Public Administration or Political Studies and

D.9.5.2

A minimum of 60 third year level credits from one of the following:

Industrial Psychology

Economics

Political Studies and/or Public Administration

Management or SME Management

Information Systems

D.9.5.3

Each curriculum must include at least two second year majors and one other second year level subject.

D.9.6

No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules.

D.9.7

To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC 131/132) or Business Statistics

(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or

HG (40%) in Mathematics or

SG (50%) in Mathematics

D.9.8

D.9.9

To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in QSC is required.

ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics.

D.9.10

If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

D.9.11 Students do not require a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or

Mathematics (MA126) to register for MAN231, 233, 201, and 206.

D.9.12 SME Management is recommended for students planning on working for government agencies in advising or supporting SME’s.

D.9.13

Students who register for SME Management at 3 rd

year level may not be able to continue to

Honours level in Management.

21

BACHELOR OF ADMINISTRATION DEGREE - (BAdmin) (1018) (4yrs-p/time)

D.10 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Administration

D.10.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

(a)

Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st

additional language).

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st

additional language)

Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or

Level 5 (60-69%) in Mathematics Literacy

D.10.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008

No person shall be admitted as a candidate for the BAdmin degree unless he/she has obtained the Matriculation Certificate or an Exemption certificate thereof with an aggregate of at least a

D (50%).

OR

(b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

D.11 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.12 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of part-time study.

D.13

CURRICULUM

D.13.1 Level 1

Module Name

Compulsory

Group 1

Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131

Information Systems 132

South African Politics and Government 132

Group 2 (select 1 module)

Alpha Code Cred

ALC131

IFS132

GOV132

15

15

15

Quantitative Literacy for Commerce 141

Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131(Maths Level 4 required)

QLC141

QSC131

Sub-total

15

15

60

22

D.13.2

Module Name

Compulsory

Group 1

Political Studies 131

Public Administration 131

Group 2 (select 1 module)

Financial Accounting 141

Economics 133 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)

Industrial Psychology 132

Principles of Management 132

Group 3 (select 1 module)

Business Statistics 131

Statistics 141

D.13.3 Level 3

Module Name

Compulsory

Political Studies 231

Political Studies 232

Public Administration 211

Public Administration 212

Public Administration 221

Public Administration 222

Electives (select 1 group)

Group 1

Economics 231

Economics 232

Economics 233

Economics 234

Group 2

Industrial Psychology 231

Industrial Psychology 232

Industrial Psychology 233

Industrial Psychology 234

Group 3

Information Systems 231

Information Systems 233

Group 4

Marketing

Operations

Business Finance

Finance and Analytical Techniques

D.13.4 Level4

Option 1 (select both groups)

Module Name

Group 1

Political Studies 331

Political Studies 332

Group 2

Public Administration 311

Public Administration 313

23

Level 2

POL131

PUA131

FIA141

ECO133

IPS132

MAN132

BUS131

STA141

Sub-total

15

15

15

15

75

15

15

15

15

IPS231

IPS232

IPS233

IPS234

IFS 231

IFS233

MAN231

MAN233

MAN234

MAN235

Sub-total

Alpha Code Cred

POL231

POL232

PUA211

20

20

10

PUA212

PUA221

PUA222

10

10

10

ECO231

ECO232

ECO233

ECO234

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

20

20

10

10

10

10

120

Alpha Code Cred

POL331

POL332

30

30

PUA311

PUA313

15

15

Public Administration 321

Public Administration 323

Option 2 (select 1 group from option 1 and one group from option 2)

Module Name

Group 1 (if not selected in option 1)

Political Studies 331

Political Studies 332

Group 2 (if not selected in option 1)

Public Administration 311

Public Administration 313

Public Administration 321

Public Administration 323

Group 3

Compulsory

Economics 331

Economics 332

Electives (select 2 modules)

Economics 335

Economics 311 (compulsory for Hons in ECO)

Economics 336

Group 4

Industrial Psychology 331

Industrial Psychology 333

Industrial Psychology 335

Industrial Psychology 337

PUA321

PUA323

15

15

Alpha Code Cred

POL331 30

POL332

PUA311

PUA313

PUA321

30

15

15

15

15 PUA323

ECO331

ECO332

ECO335

ECO311

ECO336

IPS331

IPS333

IPS335

IPS337

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

Group 5

Information Systems 361

Information Systems 362

Group 6

Strategic Management

Research and Communication for Business

Employee Management

Project Management

IFS361

IFS362

MAN304

MAN314

MAN324

MAN325

Sub-total

TOTAL

30

30

15

15

15

15

120

360

D.14 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.15 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules:

D.15.1

A student is required to pass at least 30 credits (to proceed) in the 1st year of registration and

60 credits per annum thereafter in order to promote.

D.15.2

After two years of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce

(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132).

D.15.3 After three years of enrolment passed all 1 st

year level modules.

D.15.4 After five years of enrolment passed all 2 nd

year level modules.

D.15.5

A student shall be promoted to the 2 nd

year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.

24

D.15.6

A student shall be promoted to the 3 rd

year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.

D.15.7

A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met.

D.15.8

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.15.9

The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.16 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

After Hours students will be allowed to register in advance, provided they meet the prerequisites and corequisites of the intended modules and provided that modules are offered after-hours in a particular academic year.

D.17 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules:

D.18 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.18.1

Part-time students may register for no more than 90 credits in any year or 50 more credits in a single semester.

D.18.2

Each student should register for a minimum of 60 credits per annum in order to complete in the maximum period allowed;

D.18.3

Part-time students may register for no more than 90 credits in any year or 50 more credits in a single semester.

D.18.4

Students transferring from full-time studies are required to follow the curriculum offered during evening classes.

D.18.5 Transferring to BCom Degree

The following requirements are compulsory for students wishing to change from the BAdmin to the BCom Degree:

D.18.5.1

A pass in 75 of the 90 compulsory BAdmin 1st year credits

D.18.5.2

Passed at least 105 credits in the first year of enrolment full-time or in two years part-time enrolment

D.18.5.3

To register for Business Statistics 132 AND all remaining BCom modules in consultation with the curriculum advisor.

D.18.6 Major Subjects

Unless the Senate determines otherwise:

D.18.6.1

Each curriculum shall have a minimum of 60 third year level credits in Public Administration or Political Studies and

25

D.18.6.2

A minimum of 60 third year level credits from one of the following:

Industrial Psychology

Economics

Political Studies and/or Public Administration

Management

Information Systems

D.18.6.3

Each curriculum must include at least two second year majors and one other second year level subject.

D.18.7

No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules.

D.18.8

To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC) 131/132 or Business Statistics a pass in one of the following is required:

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or

HG (40%) in Mathematics or

SG (50%) in Mathematics

D.18.9

To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC131/132) is required.

D.18.10

ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics.

D.18.11

If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

26

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE - (BCom) (1008) (3 yrs- full-time)

D.19 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce

D.19.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st

additional language).

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st

additional language)

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics

D.19.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008

(a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a C (60%) with the following subject requirements:

HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or

SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and

(b)

OR

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

D.20 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.21 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years of full-time study.

D.22

CURRICULUM

D.22.1 Level 1

Module Name Alpha Code

Compulsory

Group 1 (select all modules)

Cred

Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131

Business Statistics 132

Financial Accounting 141

Information Systems 131

Principles of Business Management 131

Group 2 (select 1 sub-group)

Group 2.1

Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd year level)

ALC131

BUS132

FIA141

IFS131

MAN131

ECO134

15

15

15

15

15

15

27

Group 2.2 (select both modules to continue with ECO at 2nd year level)

Microeconomics 141

Macroeconomics 142

ECO141

ECO142

Group 3 (select 1 module)

Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131

Mathematics 126 (EMS)

Electives (select 1 module) Students who choose MAM126 and FIA142 are required to choose 2 electives)

QSC131

MAM126

Industrial Psychology 132

Financial Accounting 142

Mercantile Law 102

Statistics 121 (only for students wishing to major in Statistics)

IPS132

FIA142

MER102

STA121

Sub-total

D.22.2 Level 2

Compulsory - (Select 3 groups to the value of 40 credits each)

Group 1

Financial Accounting 241

Financial Accounting 242

Group 2

Economics 231

10

10

15

10

15

10

15

15

115-130

Alpha Code Cred

FIA241

FIA242

ECO231

20

20

10

Economics 232

Economics 234

Econometrics 242

Group 3

Internal Auditing 241

Internal Auditing 242

Management Accounting 241

Financial Management 242

Group 4

Industrial Psychology 231

Industrial Psychology 232

Industrial Psychology 233

ECO232

ECO234

ECO242

AUD241

AUD242

MAC241

FIM242

IPS231

IPS232

IPS233

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

Industrial Psychology 234

Group 5

Information Systems 231

Information Systems 233

Group 6

Marketing

Operations

Business Finance

Finance and Analytical Techniques

Group 7

Statistics 211

Statistics 221

Group 8 (select 1 sub-group)

Group 8.1

Mercantile Law 221

Business Ethics 242

Company Law 211

Taxation 242

IPS234

IFS231

IFS233

MAN231

MAN233

MAN234

MAN235

STA211

STA221

MCR221

BET242

CPL211

TAX242

10

10

10

10

20

20

10

10

10

10

10

20

20

28

Group 8.2

Business Analysis201

Business Analysis203

Business Analysis 204

Business Analysis 202

D.22.3 Level 3

Module Name - Select 2 groups (majors) (2 X 60 = 120)

Group 1

Compulsory

Economics 331

Economics 332

Electives (select 1 sub-group)

Group1.1

Economics 311

Economics 335

Group 1.2 (Students selecting this group will not qualify for admission to Honours)

Economics 334

Economics 336

Group 2 (Finance)

Investment Management

Investment Analysis

Financial and Analytical Techniques

Financial Management

Group 3

Financial Accounting 341

Financial Accounting 342

Group 4

Industrial Psychology 331

Industrial Psychology 333

Industrial Psychology 335

Industrial Psychology 337

Group 5 (Management)

Research and Communication for Business

Strategic Management

Elective (select 2 of)

Financial and Analytical Techniques

Project Management

Services Marketing

Group 6 (Finance)

Research and Communication for Business

Strategic Management

Financial and Analytical Techniques

Financial Management

Group 7 (Insurance)

Compulsory

Long Term Insurance

Short Term Insurance

Electives (Select 2 of)

Investment Management AND

Investment Analysis

OR

Services Marketing AND

Project Management

29

BSA201

BSA203

BSA204

BSA202

Sub-total

10

10

10

10

120

ECO334

ECO336

MAN307

MAN308

MAN305

MAN312

FIA341

FIA342

IPS331

IPS333

IPS335

IPS337

MAN314

MAN304

MAN305

MAN325

MAN303

MAN314

MAN304

MAN305

MAN312

IST310

IST309

MAN307

MAN308

MAN303

MAN325

Alpha Code Cred

ECO331

ECO332

15

15

ECO311

ECO335

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

30

30

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

Group 8 (Select 2 modules with the assistance of STA HOD)

Statistics 331

Statistics 332

Statistics 333

Group 9

Information Systems 361

Information Systems 362

Group 10

Management Accounting 341

Financial Management 342

STA331

STA332

STA333

IFS361

IFS362

MAC341

FIM342

30

30

30

30

30

Taxation 343

D.23 ASSESSMENT

TAX343

Sub-total

Total

15

15

30

120

355-370

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.24 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.

D.24.1 Level 1

D.24.1.1

A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion).

D.24.1.2

After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce

(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or MAM126.

D.24.1.3

A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.

D.24.1.4

After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote.

D.24.2 Level 2

D.24.2.1

A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.

D.24.2.2

After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote.

D.24.3 Level 3

D.24.3.1

A student shall complete the degree once 355-370 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met.

D.24.3.2

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.24.3.3

The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

30

D.25 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

D.25.1

A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.25.2

A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.26 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the

University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules.

D.27 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.27.1

No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;.

D.27.2

The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;

D.27.3

No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes.

D.27.4

Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics may register for Mathematics (MAM126).

D.27.5

Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for

Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1 st

semester must repeat and pass

Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC132) in the 2 nd

semester of 1 st

year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd

year.

D.27.6

No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules.

D.27.7 To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics

(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or

HG (40%) in Mathematics or

SG (50%) in Mathematics

D.27.8

To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC131/132) or MAM126 or QSA131 or QSF141 is required

D.27.9

ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics

D.27.10

If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

31

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE - (BCom) (1101) (After-hours)

D.28 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce

D.28.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st

additional language).

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics st

additional language)

.

D.28.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008

(a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a C (60%) with the following subject requirements:

HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or

SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and

OR

(b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

D.29 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.30 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of part-time study.

D.31

CURRICULUM

D.31.1 Level 1

Module Name

Compulsory

Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC) 131

Information Systems 132

Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131

Principles of Business Management 132

Alpha Code Cred

ALC131

IFS132

QSC131

MAN132

Sub-total

15

15

15

15

60

32

D.31.2 LEVEL 2

Module Name

Compulsory

Financial Accounting 141

Business Statistics 131

Economics 133 (60% Required to continue with Eco at 2nd Level )

Electives (Select 1 Modul e)

Industrial Psychology 132

Financial Accounting 142 (Offered Every Alternate Year From 2014)

D.31.3 Level 3

Module Name (Select 3 Groups To The Value Of 40 Credits Each)

Group 1 (Offered Every Alternate Year From 2015)

Financial Accounting 241

Financial Accounting 242

Group 2

Economics 231

Economics 232

Economics 233

Economics 234

Group 3

Industrial Psychology 231

Industrial Psychology 232

Industrial P sychology 233

Industrial Psychology 234

Group 4

Marketing

Operations

Business Finance

Finance And Analytical Techniques

Group 5

Information Systems 231

Information Systems 233

D.31.4

Module Name - Select 2 Groups (Majors) (2 X 60 = 120)

Group 1 (See Honours Requirements)

Compulsory

Economics 331

Economics 332

Electives (Choose 2 Modules)

Economics 311

Economics 336

International Economics 335

Group 2

Compulsory

Research And Communication For Business

Strategic Management

Electives (Select 2 Modules)

Financial And Analytical Techniques

Financial Management

Employee Management

33

Alpha Code Cred

FIA141

BUS131

15

15

ECO133

IPS132

15

15

FIA142 10

S UB-TOTAL 60

Alpha Code Cred

FIA241

FIA242

20

20

ECO231

ECO232

ECO233

ECO234

IPS231

10

10

10

10

10

IPS232

IPS233

IPS234

MAN231

10

10

10

10

MAN233

MAN234

MAN235

10

10

10

IFS231 20

IFS233 20

SUB-TOTAL 120

LEVEL 4

Alpha Code Cred

ECO331 15

ECO332

ECO311

ECO336

15

15

15

ECO335

MAN314

MAN304

MAN305 15

MAN312 15

MAN324 15

15

15

15

Project Management

Group 3

Investment Management

Investment Analysis

Short Term Insurance

Long Term InsurancE

Group 4

Industrial Psychology 331

Industrial Psychology 333

Industrial Psychology 335

MAN325

MAN307

MAN308

IST309

IST310

IPS331

IPS333

IPS335

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

Industrial Psychology 337

Group 5

Information Systems 361

Information Systems 362

IPS337

IFS361

IFS362

15

30

30

SUB-TOTAL 120

TOTAL 360

D.32 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.33 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.

D.33.1

A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 60 credits per annum thereafter.

D.33.2

After two years of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce

(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132).

D.33.3 After three years of enrolment a student must have passed all 1 st

and 2 nd

year level modules.

D.33.4 After five years of enrolment a student must have passed all 3 rd

year level modules.

D.33.5

A student shall be promoted to level 3 on obtaining at least 90 credits.

D.33.6

A student shall be promoted to level 4 on obtaining at least 210 credits.

D.33.7

A student shall complete the degree once 360 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met.

D.33.8

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.33.9 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.34 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

After-hours students will be allowed to register in advance, provided they meet the prerequisites and co- requisites of the intended modules, and provided that modules are offered after- hours in a particular academic year.

D.35 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the

University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules.

34

D.36 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.36.1

After-hours students may not register for more than 90 credits in any year or 50 credits in a single semester.

D.36.2

The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;

D.36.3

No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes.

D.36.4

Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for

Commerce (QSC131) in the 1 st

semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for

Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) to proceed with studies.

D.36.5

No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules.

D.36.6 To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics

(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or

HG (40%) in Mathematics or

SG (50%) in Mathematics

D.36.7

To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC131/132) is required.

D.36.8

ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics

D.36.9

If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

35

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE (EXTENDED CURRICULUM) – BCom (1751)

(4 yrs-full time)

D.37 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce

D.37.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

Level 3 (40-49%) in English (home or 1

Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or st

additional language).

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1

Level 5 (60-69%) in Mathematics Literacy st

additional language)

D.37.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008

(a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements:

HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or

SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and

(b)

OR

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

SELECTION D.38

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.39 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of full-time study.

D.40

CURRICULUM

D.40.1 Level 1

D.40.1.1 Students who passed Mathematics (Level 3 or better)

Module Name

Compulsory

Academic Literacy for Business 131

Introduction to the Economy and Business 133

Quantitative Skills Foundation 131

Introduction to SA Accounting 130

Introduction to Information Systems 131

Academic Literacy for Commerce 132

Principles of Business Management 132

Quantitative Skills for Commerce 132

Alpha Code Cred

ALB131

IEB133

QSF131

ACC130

IFS131

ALC132

MAN132

QSC132

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

Sub-total 120

36

D.40.1.2 Students who passed Maths Literacy (Level 5 or better)

Module Name

Compulsory

Academic Literacy for Business 131

Introduction to the Economy and Business 133

Quantitative Literacy for Commerce 141

Quantitative Skills Foundation 132

Introduction to Information Systems 131

Academic Literacy for Commerce 132

Principles of Business Management 132

Industrial Psychology 132

D.40.2 Level 2

D.40.2.1 Students who passed Mathematics (Level 3 or better)

Module Name

Compulsory

Group 1

Intensive Reading and Writing

Analytical and Critical Thinking 1

Analytical and Critical Thinking 2

Financial Accounting 141

Business Statistics 132

Group 2 (select 1 sub-group)

Group 2.1

Economics 133 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)

Group 2.2

Micro-Economics 141

Macro-Economics 142

Group 3 (Select 1 module)

Quantitative Analysis for Commerce

South African Politics and Government 132

Group 4 (select 1 module)

Industrial Psychology 132

Mathematics 126

Mercantile Law 102

Financial Accounting 142

D.40.2.2 Students who passed Maths Literacy (Level 5 or better)

Module Name

Group 1

Intensive Reading and Writing

Introduction to SA Accounting 133

Analytical and Critical Thinking 1

Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131

Financial Accounting 143

Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)

Business Statistics 132

Group 2 (select 1 module)

Quantitative Analysis for Commerce 231

South African Politics and Government 132

Analytical and Critical Thinking 2

37

Alpha Code Cred

ALB131 15

IEB133

QLC141

15

15

QSF132

IFS131

ALC132

MAN132

IPS132

Sub-total

15

15

15

15

15

120

Alpha Code Cred

IRF231 15

ACF231

ACF232

FIA141

BUS132

15

15

15

15

ECO133

ECO141

ECO142

QAC231

GOV132

15

10

10

15

15

IPS132

MAM126

MER102

FIA142

Sub-total

15

10

15

10

120

Alpha Code Cred

IRF231 15

ACC133

ACF231

QSC131

FIA143

15

15

15

15

ECO134

BUS132

QAC231

GOV132

ACF232

Sub-total

15

15

15

15

15

120

D.40.3 Level 3

Module Name (select 3 groups)

Group 1

Financial Accounting 241

Financial Accounting 242

Group 2

Economics 231

Economics 232

Economics 234

Econometrics 242

Group 3

Internal Auditing 241

Internal Auditing 242

Management Accounting 241

Financial Management 242

Group 4

Industrial Psychology 231

Industrial Psychology 232

Industrial Psychology 233

Industrial Psychology 234

Group 5

Information Systems 231

Information Systems 233

Group 6

Compulsory

Marketing

Operations

Electives (select 1 sub group)

Group 6.1 (Management)

Business Finance

Finance and Analytical Techniques

Group 6.2 (SME Management)

Entrepreneurship - Starting a Small Business

Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises

Group 7

Statistics 211

Statistics 221

Group 8

Mercantile Law 221

Business Ethics 242

Company Law 211

Taxation 242

D.40.4 Level 4

Option A – Select 2 groups (majors) (2 X 60 = 120)

Module Name

Group 1

Compulsory

Economics 331

Economics 332

Electives (select 1 of 2 sub-groups)

Group 1.1

Economics 311

International Economics 335

38

IFS231

IFS233

MAN231

MAN233

MAN234

MAN235

MAN201

MAN206

STA211

STA221

MCR221

BET242

CPL211

TAX242

Sub-total

Alpha Code Cred

FIA241 20

FIA242

ECO231

ECO232

ECO234

ECO242

20

10

10

10

10

AUD241

AUD242

MAC241

FIM242

IPS231

IPS232

IPS233

IPS234

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

20

20

10

10

10

20

20

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

120

Alpha Code Cred

ECO331

ECO332

15

15

ECO311

ECO335

15

15

Group 1.2 (students selecting this group will not qualify for admission to Honours)

Economics 336 ECO336

Economics 334

Group 2

Investment Management

Investment Analysis

Financial and Analytical Techniques

ECO334

MAN307

MAN308

MAN305

Financial Management

Group 3

Financial Accounting 341

Financial Accounting 342

Group 4

Industrial Psychology 331

Industrial Psychology 333

Industrial Psychology 335

Industrial Psychology 337

Group 5

Research and Communication for Business

Strategic Management

Elective (select 2 of)

Financial and Analytical Techniques

MAN312

FIA341

FIA342

IPS331

IPS333

IPS335

IPS337

MAN314

MAN304

MAN305

Services Marketing

Project Management

Group 6

Research and Communication for Business

Strategic Management

Financial and Analytical Techniques

Financial Management

Group 7 (Insurance)

Compulsory

Long Term Insurance

Short Term Insurance

Electives (Select 2 of)

Investment Management AND

Investment Analysis

OR

Services Marketing AND

Project Management

Group 8 (select 2 modules in consultation with the STA HOD)

Statistics 331

Statistics 332

Statistics 333 (optional)

Group 9

Information Systems 361

Information Systems 362

Group 10

Management Accounting 341

Financial Management 342

Taxation 343

STA333

IFS361

IFS362

MAC341

FIM342

TAX343

Sub-total

TOTAL

MAN303

MAN325

MAN314

MAN304

MAN305

MAN312

IST310

IST309

MAN307

MAN308

MAN303

MAN325

STA331

STA332

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

30

15

15

15

30

15

15

15

15

15

30

30

15

15

15

30

30

30

15

15

30

120

480

39

D.41 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.42 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules.

D.42.1

A student is required to pass at least 60 credits in the 1 st

year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter.

D.42.2

After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Business

(ALB131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills

Foundation (QSF131/132)

D.42.3

A student shall be promoted to the 2 nd

year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits including

Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131/132) and Quantitative Literacy for Commerce

(QLC141/142) or Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF131/132).

D.42.4 A student shall be promoted to the 3 rd

year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.

D.42.5 A student shall be promoted to the final year of study on obtaining at least 330 credits.

D.42.6

A student shall complete the degree once 480 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met.

D.42.7

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.42.8 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.42.9

After 2 years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules

D.42.10

After 3 years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules

D.42.11

After 5 years of study a student must have passed all 3rd year level modules

D.43 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

D.43.1

A student who has not promoted to the 2 nd

year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1 st

year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.43.2

A student who has not promoted to the 3 rd

year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.43.3

A student who has not promoted to the 4 th

year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, with shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.44 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules.

40

D.45 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.45.1 Students who passed the pre-enrolment exam for Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF) before the start of the academic year will enrol for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131) and

Business Statistics (BUS132). No module needs to be taken in place of QSF131.

D.45.2

Students who failed Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF131) and/or Academic Literacy for

Business (ALB131) must register for and pass Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF132) and

Academic Literacy for Business (ALB132) in the 2 nd

semester to qualify for re-admission for a

2 nd

year of enrolment.

D.45.3

Students must have passed all 1 readmission for the 3 rd st

year level modules by the end of the 2

year of enrolment. nd

year to qualify for

D.45.4

Students who passed the pre-enrolment exam for Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC) before the start of the academic year will follow the curriculum under D.40.1.1

D.45.5

Students who passed Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141) (at first attempt) with a final mark of at least 70% need not enrol for QSF131/132 and should register for Introduction to SA Accounting (ACC130) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd semester. If such student passes Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) at the first attempt, s/he shall follow the curriculum under D.40.2.1 in the 2 nd

year of enrolment. Students are advised that it in their best interest to register for Quantitative Skills Foundation (QSF) thereby setting a better foundation for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC).

D.45.6

Students who failed Quantitative Literacy for Commerce (QLC141) and/or Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131) must register for and pass Quantitative Literacy for Commerce

(QLC132) and/or Academic Literacy for Business (ALB132) in the 2 nd

semester to qualify for readmission for the 2 nd

year of enrolment.

B.45.7

Students who fail (Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB133) or Intensive Reading and Writing (IRF231) and Analytical and Critical Thinking (ACF231) must repeat these modules in the following semester.

D.45.8

Students must have passed all Foundation modules by the end of the 3 rd

year of enrolment to qualify for readmission.

D.45.9 Students who transfer from B Com ACC (ECP) programme to BCom (ECP) programme, such students: a) Will be exempted from QSF 131 if they already passed QSA131 or QSC131/132 b) Will be exempted from IEB 133 if they have already passed both ECO 134/133 and

MAN 131/132 c) Will receive 15 credits towards their degree and will be required to pass GOV132.

D.45.10

Students who transfer from BCom Accounting (ECP) and fail Quantitative Skills for

Accounting (QSA131) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) should register for

QSF131 in the following year.

41

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING) - (BCom) (Fin Acc)

(1175) (3 years full time)

D.46 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce (Financial Accounting)

D.46.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics st

additional language).

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st

additional language)

D.46.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008

(a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements:

HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or

SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and

(b)

OR

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

SELECTION D.47

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.48 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study.

D.49

CURRICULUM

D.49.1 Level 1

Module Name

Compulsory

Financial Accounting 141

Financial Accounting 142

Business Statistics 132

Alpha Code Cred

FIA141

FIA142

BUS132

15

10

15

Principles of Business Management 131

Mercantile Law 102

Information Systems 132

Academic Literacy for Commerce 131

MAN131

MER102

IFS132

ALC131

15

15

15

15

42

Electives - Select 1 group

Group 1 (not offered in 2015)

Quantitative Skills for Finance 141

Economics 141

QSF141

ECO141

Economics 142

Group 2

ECO142

Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131 QSC131

Principles of Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level) ECO134

D.49.2 Level 2

Sub-total

Module Name

Compulsory

Financial Accounting 241

Financial Accounting 242

Management Accounting 241

Auditing 241

Auditing 242

Company Law 211

Mercantile Law 221

Taxation 242

Business Ethics 242

Financial Management 242

D.49.3 Level 3

Alpha Code Cred

FIA241 20

FIA242

MAC241

20

10

AUD241

AUD242

CPL211

MCR221

TAX242

BET242

FIM242

Sub-total

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

120

10

10

10

15

15

130

Module Name

Financial Accounting 341

Financial Accounting 342

Management Accounting 341

Auditing 341

Taxation 343

Financial Management 342

D.50 ASSESSMENT

Alpha Code Cred

FIA341 30

FIA342 30

MAC341 15

AUD341

TAX343

15

30

FIM342

Sub-total

TOTAL

15

135

385

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.51 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:

D.51.1 Level 1

D.51.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 40 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter.

D.51.1.2 After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce

(ALC131/132), Quantitative Skills for Finance (QSF141) or Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC131/132) and Financial Accounting (FIA141).

D.51.1.3

A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.

D.51.1.4

After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote.

43

D.51.2 Level 2

D.51.2.1

A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.

D.51.2.2

After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote.

D.51.3 Level 3

D.51.3.1

A student shall complete the degree once 385 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met.

D.51.3.2

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.51.3.3

The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.52 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

D.52.1

A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.52.2

A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.53 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:

D.54 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.54.1

Students who have obtained 60% or more for Financial Accounting 142 would have the option to attend the Financial Accounting 132 summer school and, on obtaining a mark of 55% or more for the assessment at the conclusion of the summer school, would be able to transfer to the B Com (Accounting) programme, if all other promotion criteria are met (passed at least

105 credits in the first year of enrolment).

44

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN ECONOMICS DEGREE – (BCom Eco) (1201)

(3 years fulltime)

D.55 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Economics

D.55.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics st

additional language).

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st

additional language)

OR

D.55.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008

(a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements:

HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or

SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and

(b)

OR

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

D.56 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.57 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study.

D.58 CURRICULUM

D.58.1 Level 1

Module Name

Compulsory

Academic Literacy for Commerce

Mathematics

Alpha Code Cred

Information Systems

Principles of Business Management

Business Statistics

Financial Accounting

Financial Accounting

ALC131

MAM126

15

10

IFS131 15

MAN131 15

BUS132

FIA141

FIA142

15

15

10

Micro-Economics

Macro-Economics

Business Analysis

D.58.2 Level 2

ECO141

ECO142

BSA201

Sub-total

10

10

10

125

45

Module Name

Compulsory

Econometrics

Microeconomics

Macroeconomics

Labour Economics

Public Economics

Mathematics for Economics

Business Finance

Financial & Analysis Techniques

Statistics: Distribution Theory

Statistics: Inference & Regression

D.58.3 Level 3

Module Name

Compulsory

Microeconomics

Macroeconomics

Econometrics

Public Economics

International Economics

Group 1: Choose 1 module

Development Economics

Environmental Economics

Group 2: Choose 30 credits from Group 2.1

Or 30 credits from Group 2.2

Group 2.1

Investment Management

Investment Analysis

Group 2.2

Statistics: Distribution Theory

Statistics: Demography

Statistics: Inference & Regression

D.59 ASSESSMENT

Alpha Code Cred

ECO242

ECO231

ECO232

ECO233

ECO234

ECO235

MAN234

MAN235

STA211

STA221

Sub-total

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

20

20

120

Alpha Code Cred

ECO331

ECO332

ECO311

ECO334

ECO335

ECO336

ECO301

MAN307

MAN308

STA331

STA333

STA332

Sub-total

TOTAL

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

30

30

30

120

365

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.60 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.

D.60.1 Level 1

D.60.1.1

A student is required to pass at least 45 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion).

D.60.1.2

After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce

(ALC131/132) and Mathematics (MAM126) or equivalent and Economics (ECO141,

ECO142) or Eco134 (60%) or ECO121 and ECO122.

D.60.1.3

A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.

46

D.60.1.4

After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote.

D.60.2 Level 2

D.60.2.1

A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.

D.60.2.2

After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote.

D.60.3 Level 3

D.60.3.1

A student shall complete the degree once 365 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met.

D.60.3.2

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.60.3.3

The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.61 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

D.61.1

A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.61.2

A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.62 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the

University Calendar: General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules.

D.63 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.63.1

No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;.

D.63.2

The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;

D.63.3

No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes.

D.63.4

Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics may register for Mathematics (MAM126).

D.63.5

Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for

Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1 st

semester must repeat and pass

Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC132) in the 2 nd

semester of 1 st

year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd

year.

D.63.6

No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules.

47

D.63.7 To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics

(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or

HG (40%) in Mathematics or

SG (50%) in Mathematics

D.63.8

To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC131/132) is required

D.63.9

ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics

D.63.10

If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

48

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN FINANCE DEGREE – (BCom Fin) (1061)

(3 years full time)

D.64 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Finance

D.64.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

(a)

Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics st

additional language). st

additional language)

D.64.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008

Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements:

HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or

SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and

(b)

OR

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

SELECTION D.65

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.66 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study.

D.67 CURICULLUM

D.67.1 Level 1

Module Name Alpha Code Cred

Compulsory

Academic Literacy for Commerce

Quantitative Skills Finance

Information Systems

Principles of Business Management

Business Statistics

Financial Accounting

Financial Accounting

Micro-Economics

Macro-Economics

Business Analysis

ALC131

QSF141

IFS132

MAN131

BUS132

FIA141

FIA142

ECO141

ECO142

BSA201

Sub-total

15

10

15

15

15

15

10

10

10

10

125

49

D.67.2 Level 2

Module Name

Compulsory

Marketing

Operations

Business Finance

Financial & Analytical Techniques

Macroeconomics

Financial Accounting

Business Ethics

Mercantile Law

Electives – 30 credits (10 semester 1, 20 semester 2) chosen from

Management Accounting

Company Law

Econometrics

Financial Accounting

Public Economics

Mathematics for Economics

D.67.3 Level 3

Module Name

Compulsory

Financial Research & Communication

OR

Research & Communication for Business

Financial Analytical Techniques

Strategic Management

Financial Management

30 Credits Elective chosen from:

Investment Management

Long-term Insurance

International Economics

Management Accounting

Macro-economics

30 Credits Elective chosen from:

Investment Analysis

Short-term Insurance

Econometrics

D.68 ASSESSMENT

Alpha Code Cred

MAN231

MAN233

MAN234

MAN235

ECO232

FIA241

BET242

MER102

MAC241

CPL211

ECO242

FIA242

ECO234

ECO235

Sub-total

10

10

10

10

10

20

10

15

10

10

10

20

10

10

125

Alpha Code Cred

FRC311

MAN314

MAN305

MAN304

MAN312

MAN307

IST310

ECO335

MAC341

ECO332

MAN308

IST309

ECO311

Sub-total

TOTAL

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

120

370

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.69 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.

D.69.1 Level 1

D.69.1.1

A student is required to pass at least 70 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion).

50

D.69.1.2

After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce

(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills Finance (QSF141) or equivalent, Management

(MAN131/132), Financial Accounting (FIA141/143) and Business Statistics (BUS132/131)

D.69.1.3

A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.

D.69.1.4

After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote.

D.69.2 Level 2

D.69.2.1

A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits including all 1 st

year modules PLUS MAN234 and MAN235 after no more than three years of study.

D.69.2.2

After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote.

D.69.3 Level 3

D.69.3.1

A student shall complete the degree once 370 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met.

D.69.3.2

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.69.3.3

The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.70 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

D.70.1

A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.70.2

A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.71 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules.

D.72 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.72.1

No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;.

D.72.2

The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;

D.72.3

No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes.

D.72.4

Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics may register for Mathematics (MAM126).

51

D.72.5

Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for

Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1 st

semester must repeat and pass

Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC132) in the 2 nd

semester of 1 st

year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd

year.

D.72.6

No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules.

D.72.7 To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics

(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or

HG (40%) in Mathematics or

SG (50%) in Mathematics

D.72.8

If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

52

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN HUMAN RESOURCES DEGREE

(BCom HR) (1301) (3 years full time)

D.73 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Human Resources

D.73.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics st

additional language).

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st

additional language)

(a)

D.73.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008

Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements:

HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or

SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and

(b)

OR

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

SELECTION D.74

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.75 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study.

D.76 CURICULLUM

D.76.1 Level 1

Module Name

Compulsory

Academic Literacy for Commerce

Quantitative Skills for Commerce

Information Systems

Principles of Business Management

Business Statistics

Financial Accounting

Economics (60% required to continue with ECO at 2 nd

level)

Industrial Psychology

Alpha Code Cred

ALC131

QSC131

IFS131

MAN131

BUS132

FIA143

ECO134

IPS132

Sub-total

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

120

53

D.76.2 Level 2

Module Name

Compulsory

Industrial Psychology

Industrial Psychology

Industrial Psychology

Industrial Psychology

Marketing

Operations Management

Business Finance

Financial and Analytical Techniques

Economics

Social Security Law

Alpha Code Cred

IPS231

IPS232

IPS233

IPS234

MAN231

MAN233

MAN234

MAN235

ECO233

SOL312

10

10

10

15

10

10

10

10

10

10

Employment Law

Business Ethics

D.76.3 Level 3

Module Name

Compulsory

Industrial Psychology

Industrial Psychology

Industrial Psychology

EMP311

BET242

15

10

Sub-total 130

Alpha Code Cred

Industrial Psychology

Industrial Psychology

Industrial Psychology

Strategic Management

Project Management

IPS331

IPS333

IPS334

IPS335

IPS336

IPS337

MAN304

MAN325

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

D.77

Sub-total

TOTAL

120

370

ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.78 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.

D.78.1 Level 1

D.78.1.1

A student is required to pass at least 75credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion).

D.78.1.2

After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce

(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or equivalent,

Management (MAN131/132), Financial Accounting (FIA141/143) and Business Statistics

(BUS131/132) and IPS131/132.

D.78.1.3

A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.

D.78.1.4

After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote.

54

D.78.2 Level 2

D.78.2.1

A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits including all 1 st

year level modules PLUS IPS231, IPS232, IPS233, IPS234.

D.78.2.2

After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote.

D.78.3 Level 3

D.78.3.1

A student shall complete the degree once 370 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met.

D.78.3.2

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.78.3.3

The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.79 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

D.79.1

A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.79.2

A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.80 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules.

D.81 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.81.1

No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;

D.81.2

The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;

D.81.3

No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes.

D.81.4

Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics may register for Mathematics (MAM126).

D.81.5

Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for

Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1 st

semester must repeat and pass

Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC132) in the 2 nd

semester of 1 st

year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd

year.

D.81.6

No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules.

55

D.81.7 To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics

(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or

HG (40%) in Mathematics or

SG (50%) in Mathematics

D.81.8

To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC131/132) is required

D.81.9

If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

56

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN INFORMATION SYSTEM DEGREE

(BCom IFS) (1033) (3 year f/time)

D.82 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Information System

D.82.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics st

additional language).

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st

additional language)

D.82.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008

(a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements:

HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or

SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and

(b)

OR

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

D.83 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.84 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study.

D.85 CURICULLUM

D.85.1 Level 1

Module Name

Compulsory

Academic Literacy for Commerce

Quantitative Skills for Commerce

Information Systems

Principles of Business Management

Business Statistics

Micro-Economics

Macro-Economics

Financial Accounting

Choose 1 of:

Financial Accounting

Industrial Psychology

Alpha Code Cred

ALC131

QSC131

IFS131

MAN132

BUS132

ECO141

ECO142

FIA141

FIA142

IPS132

Sub-total

15

15

15

15

15

10

10

15

10

15

120-125

57

D.85.2 Level 2

Module Name

Compulsory

Business Analysis

System Management

Database and Date Modelling

Business Information Systems

Micro-Economics

Marketing

Operations Management

Financial and Analytical Techniques

D.85.3 Level 3

Module Name

Compulsory

Information Systems Strategy

Architecture and Infrastructure

60 Credits Elective chosen from:

Capita Selecta

Philosophy and Research Methods

Emerging Trends in Information Systems

OR

30 Credits Elective chosen as above and 30 credits chosen from:

Research & Communication for Business

Strategic Management

Economics

Economics

D.86 ASSESSMENT

Alpha Code Cred

IFS231

IFS233

IFS242

IFS244

ECO231

MAN231

Sub-total

20

20

20

20

10

10

MAN233 10

MAN235 10

120

Alpha Code Cred

IFS361

IFS362

IFS341

IFS352

IFS351

MAN314

MAN304

ECO331

ECO332

30

30

30

30

30

15

15

15

15

Sub-total 120

TOTAL 360- 365

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.87 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.

D.87.1 Level 1

D.87.1.1

A student is required to pass at least 45credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion).

D.87.1.2

After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce

(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or QSF141, Information

System (IFS131/132)

D.87.1.3

A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.

D.87.1.4

After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote.

58

D.87.2 Level 2

D.87.2.1

A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits

D.87.2.2

After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote.

D.87.3 Level 3

D.87.3.1

A student shall complete the degree once 360-365 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met.

D.87.3.2

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.87.3.3

The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.88 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

D.88.1

A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.88.2

A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.89 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules.

D.90 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.90.1

No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;.

D.90.2

The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;

D.90.3

No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes.

D.90.4

Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics may register for Mathematics (MAM126).

D.90.5

Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for

Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1 st

semester must repeat and pass

Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC132) in the 2 nd

semester of 1 st

year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd

year.

D.90.6

No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules.

59

D.90.7 To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics

(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or

HG (40%) in Mathematics or

SG (50%) in Mathematics

D.90.8

To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC131/132) is required

D.90.9

If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

60

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN MANAGEMENT DEGREE

(BCom MAN) (1051) (3 yrs f/time)

D.91 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce in Management

D.91.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

(a)

Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics st

additional language). st

additional language)

D.91.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008

Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Certificate or an exemption certificate thereof or an equivalent qualification with an aggregate of at least a D (50%) with the following subject requirements:

HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or

SG (60%, C symbol) Mathematics and

(b)

OR

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

SELECTION D.92

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.93 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study

D.94 CURICULLUM

D.94.1 Level 1

Module Name Alpha Code Cred

Compulsory

Academic Literacy for Commerce

Quantitative Skills for Commerce

Information Systems

Principles of Business Management

Business Statistics

Financial Accounting

ALC131

QSC131

IFS13 2

MAN131

BUS132

FIA141

15

15

15

15

15

15

Choose: one group: students who choose ECO134 and FIA142 are required to take 2 electives. Students wishing to take Economics at 2 nd

year level should complete ECO141&142

61

Group 1

Economics (60% required to continue with ECO at 2 nd

level)

Group 2

Economics (micro)

Economics (macro)

Choose 1 of:

Financial Accounting

Industrial Psychology

Mercantile Law

D.94.2 Level 2

Module Name

Compulsory

Marketing

Financial and Analytical Techniques

Operations Management

Business Finance

Entrepreneurship

Business Ethics

Mercantile Law (if not taken on at 1 st

year level)

Choose 1 of (both if Mercantile Law taken at 1 st

year level)

Quantitative Business Analysis

Introduction to Business Research

Choose 1 of the following groups: (40 credits)

Group 1

Financial Accounting

Financial Accounting

Group 2

Economics

Economics

Economics

Economics

Group 3

Industrial Psychology

Industrial Psychology

Industrial Psychology

Industrial Psychology

Group 4

Information Systems

Information Systems

D.94.3 Level 3

Module Name

Compulsory

Research & Communication for Business

Strategic Management

Financial Analytical Techniques

Retail Management

Employee Management

Financial Management

Services Marketing

Project Management

62

ECO134

ECO141

ECO142

FIA142

IPS132

MER102

Sub-total

Alpha Code Cred

MAN231

MAN235

10

10

MAN233 10

MAN234

MAN201

10

10

BET242

MER102

10

15

BSA201

BSA204

10

10

15

10

10

10

15

15

120-130

FIA241

FIA242

ECO231

ECO232

ECO233

ECO234

20

20

10

10

10

10

IPS231

IPS232

IPS233

IPS234

10

10

10

10

IFS231

IFS233

20

20

Sub-total 120-125

Alpha Code Cred

MAN314 15

MAN304 15

MAN305 15

MAN306 15

MAN324

MAN312

MAN303

MAN325

15

15

15

15

Sub-total 120

TOTAL 360-375

D.95 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.96 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in Faculty rules.

D.96.1 Level 1

D.96.1.1

A student is required to pass at least 75 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter (students are alerted that the cumulative credits are valid and that the 90 credits per annum are a guide for guaranteed promotion).

D.96.1.2

After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce

(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or equivalent,

Management (MAN131/132), Financial Accounting (FIA141/143) and Business Statistics

(BUS131/132).

D.96.1.3

A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.

D.96.1.4

After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote.

D.96.2 Level 2

D.96.2.1

A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits including all first year level modules PLUS MAN231, MAN233, MAN234 and MAN235.

D.96.2.2

After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote.

D.96.3 Level 3

D.96.3.1

A student shall complete the degree once 360-375 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met.

D.96.3.2

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.96.3.3

The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.97 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

D.97.1

A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.97.2

A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1st and 2nd year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

63

D.98 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in faculty rules.

D.99 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.99.1

No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 credits in any year of study;.

D.99.2

The total credit value may only exceed 360 with the permission of Senate;

D.99.3

No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes.

D.99.4

Only students with Level 5 or HG (60%-C symbol) or SG (80%- A symbol) in mathematics may register for Mathematics (MAM126).

D.99.5

Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for

Commerce (QSC132) or Mathematics (MAM126) in the 1 st

semester must repeat and pass

Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC132) in the 2 nd

semester of 1 st

year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd

year.

D.99.6

No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules.

D.99.7 To register for Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132) or Business Statistics

(BUS131/132) a pass in one of the following is required:

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or

HG (40%) in Mathematics or

SG (50%) in Mathematics

D.99.8

To register for Economics (ECO133/134) a pass in Quantitative Skills for Commerce

(QSC131/132) is required

D.99.9

If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

64

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (ACCOUNTING) DEGREE - (BCom Acc) (1021)

(3 years-full time)

This degree, combined with the Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting (PGDA) is accredited by the South

African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) to prepare candidates for the Initial Test of

Competence (ITC).

D.100 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Commerce (Accounting)

D.100.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st

additional language).

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st

additional language)

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics

Level 5 (60-69%) in Accounting (not required if student has Math at Level 5)

D.100.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008

(a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a C-

Aggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements:

HG (50%) Mathematics or

SG (70%) Mathematics and

HG (50%) Accounting or

SG (70%) Accounting

OR

HG (60%) Mathematics or

SG (80%) Mathematics (if Accounting was not taken as a matriculation subject)

OR

(b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

D.101 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.102 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years Full-time study.

65

D.103

CURRICULUM

D.103.1 Level 1

Module Name

Compulsory

Financial Accounting 131

Financial Accounting 132

Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)

Mathematics 126

Business Statistics 132

Principles of Management 131

Mercantile Law 102

Information Systems 131

Alpha Code Cred

FIA131

FIA132

ECO134

MAM126

15

15

15

10

BUS132

MAN131

MER102

IFS131

ALC131

Sub-total

15

15

15

15

15

130

Academic Literacy for Commerce 131

D.103.2 Level 2

Module Name

Compulsory

Financial Accounting 214

Financial Accounting 225

Management Accounting 234

Auditing 236

Alpha Code Cred

FIA214

FIA225

MAC234

AUD236

20

20

10

10

Accounting Information Applications

Company Law 211

Mercantile Law 221

Taxation 228

Business Ethics 211

ACC239

CPL211

MCR221

TAX228

BET211

CFM221

Sub-total

15

10

10

10

10

10

125

Corporate and Financial Management 221

D.103.3 Level 3

Module Name

Managerial Accounting and Finance

Financial Accounting 324

Auditing 322

Taxation 327

Alpha Code Cred

MAF334 30

FIA324

AUD322

TAX327

Sub-total

TOTAL

60

30

30

150

405

D.104 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.105 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:

D.105.1

After one year of enrolment; passed a total of at least 80 NQF credits, with a final mark of

55% or more for Financial Accounting (FIA132).

D.105.2

In every year thereafter passed a total of at least 90 NQF credits,

D.105.3

Provided that after four years of enrolment the student has completed the degree;

D.105.4

Provided that after the second year of registration the student has passed all required 1 st

level modules.

66

D.105.5

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.105.6

The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.105.7

Students who do not meet the requirement as outlined in D.110.1 above, will be promoted to the BCom (Financial Accounting) degree (2 nd

enrolment), provided they passed at least 60 credits including a final mark of between 50% and 54% for Financial Accounting (FIA132).

D.106 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

There are no advance registration rules for this programme

D.107 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:

D.108 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.108.1

To qualify for entry into the BCom (Accounting) degree, a first year BCom student shall have passed at least 105 credits in the their first year of enrolment, with a final mark of 55% or more in Financial Accounting 132 or its equivalent.

D.108.2

The following will be recognised as an internal equivalent: Obtaining a mark of 55% or more for the assessment at the conclusion of a summer school. In order to qualify to attend the summer school, a student must have obtained 60% or more for Financial Accounting 142.

D.108.3

A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration for the following modules if he/she failed to pass after two attempts:

Financial Accounting 131, 132 (55%) (The assessment at the end of the winter/summer school, as applicable to the module, is considered the second attempt opportunity. If a student fails to utilise this opportunity he/she will waive the second attempt)

Financial Accounting 214, 225

Financial Accounting 324

Management Accounting 234

Corporate and Financial Management 221

Managerial Accounting and Finance 334

Auditing 236

Auditing 322

Accounting Information Applications 239

Business Ethics 211

Taxation 228

Taxation 327

Academic Literacy for Commerce 131

67

D108.4

A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for

Financial Accounting 131 has the choice to attend either:

(a) the Financial Accounting 131 Winter School in order to continue with Financial

Accounting 132 (to continue with B. Com (Accounting);

OR

(b) the Financial Accounting 141 Winter School in order to continue with Financial

Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com (Financial Accounting)

D108.5

A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 30%-39% for

Financial Accounting 131 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 141 Winter

School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com Financial

Accounting.

D108.6

A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 50%-54% for

Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 132

Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 214 (and continue with

B.Com Accounting)

D108.7

A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40-49% for

Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 142

Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 241 (and transition to

BCom Financial Accounting)

D108.8

A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for

Financial Accounting 214 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 241 Winter

School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 242 (and transition to B.Com

Financial Accounting)

D108.9

A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for

Financial Accounting 225 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 242

Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 341 (and transition to

B. Com Financial Accounting)

68

BACHELORS IN COMMERCE (ACCOUNTING) (EXTENDED CURRICULUM) (1753) ((4 yrs-f/time)

This degree, combined with the Post Graduate Diploma in Accounting (PGDA) is accredited by the South

African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) to prepare candidates for the Initial Test of

Competence (ITC).

D.109 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelors in Commerce (Accounting) extended curriculum

D.109.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

(a)

Level 3 (40-49%) in English (home or 1 st

additional language).

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st

additional language)

Level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics

Level 4 (50-59%) in Accounting (not required if student has Math at Level 4)

D.109.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008

Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a D-

Aggregate in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements:

HG (D – Symbol) Mathematics or

SG (C – Symbol) Mathematics and

HG (D – Symbol) Accounting or

SG (C – Symbol) Accounting

OR

HG (C _symbol) Mathematics or

SG (B – Symbol) Mathematics (if Accounting was not taken as a matriculation subject)

OR

(b) A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

D. 110 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.111 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full-time study.

69

D.112

CURRICULUM

D.112.1 Level 1

Module Name

Compulsory

Academic Literacy for Business 131

Quantitative Skills Accounting 131

Introduction to SA Accounting 131

Introduction to SA Accounting 132

Academic Literacy for Commerce 132

Principles of Business Management 131

Introduction to Information Systems 132

Business Statistics 132

D.112.2 Level 2

Module Name

Compulsory

Analytical and Critical Thinking 1

Quantitative Analysis for Commerce

Intensive reading and Writing

Financial Accounting 131

Financial Accounting 132

Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd level)

Mathematics 126

Mercantile Law 102

D.112.3

Module Name

Compulsory

Financial Accounting 214

Financial Accounting 225

Accounting Information Applications 239

Auditing 236

Business Ethics 211

Management Accounting 234

Mercantile Law 221

Taxation 228

Company Law 211

Corporate and Financial Management 221

D.112.4 Level 4

Module Name

Compulsory

Managerial Accounting and Finance 334

Financial Management 324

Auditing 322

Taxation 327

Financial Accounting 324

70

Alpha Code Cred

ALB131

QSA131

15

15

ACC131

ACC132

ALC132

15

15

15

MAN131

IFS132

15

15

BUS132 15

Sub-total 120

Alpha Code Cred

ACF231 15

QAC231

IRF231

15

15

FIA131

FIA132

ECO134

MAM126

MER102

Sub-total

15

15

15

15

15

120

Level 3

Alpha Code Cred

FIA214

FIA225

ACC239

AUD236

20

20

15

10

BET211

MAC234

MCR221

TAX228

CPL211

CFM221

Sub-total

10

10

10

10

10

10

125

Alpha Code Cred

MAF334

FIM324

30

15

AUD322

TAX327

FIA324

Sub-total

TOTAL

30

30

60

150

515

D.113 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.114 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules.

D.114.1

After one year of enrolment; passed a total of at least 90 credits (30 of which must be degree credits), including Academic Literacy for Business (ALB131), Quantitative Skills for

Accounting (QSA131 or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) for repeats, Introduction to SA Accounting (ACC 131 or and ACC130). A student that does not pass ACC132 must register for FIA141 and FIA142, obtain a final mark of at least 60% in FIA142 and attend the summer school. If the student passes the assessments of the Summer School with a mark of at least 55% or more, the student;

Will be allowed to continue with the 4 year Accounting programme

Will receive 15 credits for ACC132

Will have FIA141 and FIA142 converted to FIA131 and FIA132 or QSC132 or

QSA131 (for repeats) and Introduction to SA Accounting (ACC130 or ACC131).

D.114.2 A student who passed at least 75 credits in the 1st year of enrolment but does not meet the requirements of D.114.1 will be transferred to BCom extended curriculum 2nd enrolment.

D.114.3 After the second year of enrolment passed 180 credits in total (90 of which must be degree credits) including all 1st year level modules and Financial Accounting 131 (or equivalent) and

Financial Accounting 132 with at least a final mark of 55%.

D.114.4 A student who passes at least 180 credits after two years of enrolment but has not met the requirements of D.119.3 will be transferred to the BCom extended curriculum 3rd enrolment.

D.114.5 In every year thereafter passed a total of at least 80 NQF credits,

D.114.6

Provided that after five years of enrolment the student has completed the degree;

D.114.7

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.114.8

The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.115 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

A student who had not promoted to the 2 nd

year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 90 credits for the year, which shall include all the outstanding 1 st

year credits, provided that all prerequisites and co-requisites are met. The student would be permitted to register for 2 nd

year modules for the remaining credits.

D.116 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1 unless otherwise provided in faculty rules.

71

D.117 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.117.1 A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration for the following modules if he/she failed to pass after two attempts:

Financial Accounting 131, 132 (with at least a final mark of 55%) (The assessment at the end of the winter/summer school, as applicable to the module, is considered the second attempt opportunity. If a student fails to utilise this opportunity he/she will waive the second attempt)

Financial Accounting 214, 225

Financial Accounting 324

Management Accounting 234

Corporate and Financial Management 221

Managerial Accounting and Finance 334

Auditing 236

Auditing 322

Accounting Information Applications 239

Business Ethics 211

Taxation 228

Taxation 327

Academic Literacy for Commerce 131

D117.2

A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for

Financial Accounting 131 has the choice to attend either:

(a) the Financial Accounting 131 Winter School in order to continue with Financial

Accounting 132 (to continue with B. Com (Accounting ECP); OR

(b) the Financial Accounting 141 Winter School in order to continue with Financial

Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com ECP)

D117.3 A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 30%-39% for

Financial Accounting 131 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 141 Winter

School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 142 (and transition to B.Com ECP

D117.4

A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 50%-54% for

Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 132

Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 214 (and continue with

B.Com Accounting ECP)

D117.5

A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40-49% for

Financial Accounting 132 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 142

Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 241 (and transition to

BCom ECP)

D117.6

A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for

Financial Accounting 214 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 241 Winter

School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 242 (and transition to B.Com

ECP)

D117.7

A student who has obtained a final mark after the supplementary exam of 40%-49% for

Financial Accounting 225 will be eligible to attend the Financial Accounting 242

Summer School in order to continue with Financial Accounting 341 (and transition to

B. Com ECP)

72

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (LAW) DEGREE (1221) - (3 years-full time)

D.118 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelors in Commerce (Law)

D.118.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1 st

additional language).

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics

additional language)

D.118.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008

(a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a C-

Aggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements:

HG (40%) Mathematics or

SG (60%) Mathematics

(b)

OR

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

D. 119 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.120 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full-time study.

D.121

CURRICULUM

D.121.1 Level 1

Module Name

Compulsory

Group 1

Academic Literacy for Commerce 131

Economics 134 (60% required to continue with ECO at 2nd year level)

Business Statistics 132

Introduction to Legal Studies 111

Introduction to Legal Studies 121

Law of Persons 112

Quantitative Skills for Commerce 131

Financial Accounting 141

Alpha Code Cred

ALC131

ECO134

BUS132

ILS111

ILS121

LOP112

QSC131

FIA141

15

15

15

15

5

15

15

15

73

Group 3 (select 1 module)

Principles of Business Management 132

Industrial Psychology 132

Information Systems 132

D.121.2 Level 2

Module Name

Compulsory

Constitutional Law 202

Critical Legal Analysis 201

Family Law 121

Legal Systems 111

Legal Interpretation 221

Law of Things 211

Electives (select 1 group)

Group 1

Industrial Psychology 231

Industrial Psychology 232

Industrial Psychology 233

Industrial Psychology 234

Group 2

Marketing

Operations

Business Finance

Finance and Analytical Techniques

Group 3

Economics 234

Economics 231

Economics 232

Economics 233

Group 4

Information Systems 231

Information Systems 233

D.121.3 Level 3

Module Name

Compulsory

Law of Contract 301

Company Law 211

Law of Insolvency 311

Labour Law 321

Law of Negotiable Instruments 321

Electives (select 1 group)

Group 1

Compulsory

Economics 331

Economics 332

Electives (select 1 sub-group)

Group 1.1

Economics 311

Economics 335

Group 1.2

Economics 334

Economics 336

74

MAN132

IPS132

IFS132

Sub-total

15

15

15

125

Alpha Code Cred

CON202

CRI201

FAM121

LEG111

20

10

15

10

LEG221

THI211

IPS231

IPS232

IPS233

10

20

10

10

10

IPS234

MAN231

MAN233

MAN234

MAN235

ECO234

ECO231

ECO232

ECO233

IFS231

IFS233

Sub-total

10

20

20

125

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

Alpha Code Cred

CNT301

CPL211

INS311

LAB321

NEG321

20

10

10

15

10

ECO331

ECO332

15

15

ECO311

ECO335

ECO334

ECO336

15

15

15

15

Group 2

Compulsory

Industrial Psychology 331

Industrial Psychology 333

Industrial Psychology 337

Electives (select 1 module)

Industrial Psychology 335

Industrial Psychology 336 (Students who choose this module cannot do

IPS Hons)

Group 3

Strategic Management

Research and Communication for Business

Services Marketing

Retail Management

Group 4

Strategic Management

Research and Communication for Business

Financial and Analytical Techniques

Financial Management

Group 5

Strategic Management

Research and Communication for Business

Financial and Analytical Techniques

Project Management

Group 6

Strategic Management

Research and Communication for Business

Short Term Insurance

Long Term Insurance

Group 7

Financial and Analytical Techniques

Investment Management

Investment Analysis

IPS331

IPS333

IPS337

IPS335

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

IPS336

MAN304

MAN314

MAN303

MAN306

MAN304

MAN314

MAN305

MAN312

MAN304

MAN314

MAN305

MAN325

MAN304

MAN314

IST309

IST310

MAN305

MAN307

MAN308

Financial Management

Group 8

Information Systems 361

Information Systems 362

MAN312

IFS361

IFS362

Sub-total

TOTAL

15

30

30

125

375

D.122 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.123 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:

D.123.1 Level 1

D.123.1.1

A student is required to pass at least 30 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter.

D.123.1.2

After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce

(ALC131/132) and Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC131/132)

D.123.1.3

A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.

75

D.123.1.4

After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules in order to promote.

D.123.2 Level 2

D.123.2.1

A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.

D.123.2.2

After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules in order to promote.

D.123.3 Level 3

D.123.3.1

A student shall complete the degree once 375 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met.

D.123.3.2 Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.123.3.3 The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.124 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

D.124.1

A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.124.2

A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.125 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:

D.126 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.126.1

No full-time student shall be allowed to enrol for more than 135 /140credits in any year of study;

D.126.2

The total credit value may only exceed 375 with the permission of Senate;

D.126.3

No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes.

D.126.4

Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for

Commerce (QSC131) (or Mathematics 126) in the 1 st

semester must repeat and pass Academic

Literacy for Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the

2 nd

semester of 1 st

year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd

year.

D.126.5

No student shall be allowed to enrol for a module if this contravenes departmental prerequisite rules.

76

D.126.6 To do Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC) 131/132 Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics or

HG (40%) in Mathematics or

SG (50%) in Mathematics

D.126.7

To do Economics 133/134 a pass in QSC is required

D.126.8

ECO331, ECO332 and ECO311 are required for entry into Honours in Economics

D.126.9

If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

77

BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS (DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS) – 1181

(4 years full-time)

D.127 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Economics (Development Economics)

D.127.1 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008

(a) The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor’s Degree study with 4 designated subjects at a rating of 4, plus a score of no less than 30 points calculated according to the University’s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:

Level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or 1

Level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics st

additional language).

Level 3 (40-49%) in Another language (home or 1 st

additional language)

D.127.2 Admission rules for applicants who matriculated prior to 2008

(a) Candidates must have obtained a Matriculation Exemption Certificate with a minimum of a C-

Aggregate (60%) in Grade 12 with the following subject requirements:

HG (40% E-Symbol) Mathematics or

SG (50% - D Symbol) Mathematics

(b)

OR

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above.

D.128 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

D.129 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full-time study.

D.130 CURRICULUM

D.130.1 Level 1

Module Name

Compulsory

Academic Literacy for Commerce 131

Business Statistics 132

Principles of Business Management 131

Quantitative Skills For Commerce 131

Public Administration 131

South African Politics and Government 132

Local Economic Development 111

Economics 121

Economics 122

Alpha Code Cred

ALC131 15

BUS132

MAN131

QSC131

PUA131

15

15

15

15

GOV132

LED111

ECO121

ECO122

Sub-total

15

15

10

10

125

78

D.130.2 Level 2

Module Name

Compulsory

Economics 231

Economics 232

Economics 234

Entrepreneurship - Starting a Small Business

Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises

Marketing

Operations

Public Administration 212

Public Administration 222

Economic Profiling & Quantitative Analysis

Tourism 211

Tourism 212

D.130.3 Level 3

Module Name

Compulsory

Economics 331

Economics 332

Strategic Management

Project Management

Public Administration 312

Local Economic Development

Industrial Policy

Electives (select 1 module)

Economics 334

Economics 336

D.130.4 Level 4

Module Name

Compulsory

Economics 411

Economics 412

Research Methods Essay

Research Project 401

Electives (select 3 modules)

Economics 413

Economics 414

Public – Private Partnership or Applied Public Private Partnerships

Applied Project Development / Management

Business Retention & Expansion

Investment Behaviour & Promotion or Investment Promotion

Managing Economic Development Organisations

Alpha Code Cred

ECO231 10

ECO232

ECO234

10

10

MAN201

MAN206

MAN231

MAN233

PUA212

PUA222

LED211

TOU211

TOU212

Sub-total

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

120

Alpha Code Cred

ECO331

ECO332

15

15

MAN304

MAN325

PUA312

LED311

IDP311

ECO334

ECO336

Sub-total

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

120

Alpha Code Cred

ECO411 15

ECO412

RME401

15

15

REP401

ECO413

ECO414

PUB421

PUB422

PUB423

PUB424

PUB425

Sub-total

TOTAL

30

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

120

485

79

D.131 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.132 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:

D.132.1 Level 1

D.132.1.1 A student is required to pass at least 60 credits in the 1st year of registration and 90 credits per annum thereafter.

D.132.1.2

A student must have passed ECO121 and ECO122 at 1 st

year level in order to register for

Tourism at 2nd year level.

D.132.1.3

After one year of study, a student must have passed Academic Literacy for Commerce and

Quantitative Skills for Commerce.

D.132.1.4

A student shall be promoted to the 2nd year of study on obtaining at least 90 credits.

D.132.1.5

After two years of study a student must have passed all 1st year level modules.

D.132.2 Level 2

D.132.2.1

A student shall be promoted to the 3rd year of study on obtaining at least 210 credits.

D.132.2.2

After three years of study a student must have passed all 2nd year level modules.

D.132.3 Level 3

D.132.3.1

A student shall be promoted to the final year of study on obtaining at least 330 credits.

D.132.3.2

After five years of study a student must have passed all 3 rd

year level modules.

D.132.4 Level 4

D.132.4.1

A student shall complete the degree once 485 credits are obtained and all the requirements for the degree are met.

D.132.4.2

Final promotions are done according to the rules applicable to the degree at the date of first enrolment, provided that the student continues to promote.

D.132.4.3

The latest rules applicable to the degree will be applied (the following year) when further admission was refused or when a student has interrupted his/her studies.

D.133 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

D.133.1

A student who has not promoted to the 2nd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.133.2

A student who has not promoted to the 3rd year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

80

D.133.3

A student who has not promoted to the 4 th

year of study shall not be allowed to register for more than 100 credits for the year, including all the outstanding 1st year credits, provided all the prerequisites and co-requisites are met.

D.134 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:

D.135 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

D.135.1

No student shall be allowed in any year of study to enrol for any combination of modules in which there are class and examination timetable clashes.

D.135.2

Students who fail Academic Literacy for Commerce (ALC131) and/or Quantitative Skills for

Commerce (QSC131) in the 1 st

semester must repeat and pass Academic Literacy for

Commerce (ALC132) and/or Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC132) in the 2 nd

semester of 1 st

year to qualify for re-admission to 2 nd

year.

D.135.3

If a particular module (providing it is not a compulsory module) has less than 15 students registered at the start of the academic year, the department has the authority to cancel that module.

81

HIGHER CERTIFICATE IN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (HCED)

D.136 ADMISSION

Candidates must be in the possession of a Grade 12 Certificate (Matric) or NSC (National Senior

Certificate).

OR

NQF Level 4 or equivalent

Work with a CBO, NGO, and religious or local government department.

Speak, read and write English.

Have permission and support from their organisation and/or employer in writing.

Commit themselves to all study blocks with full time residential attendance, and complete all fieldwork assignments.

D. 137 SELECTION

Please contact the Fair Share office directly.

D.138 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year full-time study or three years part-time study.

D.139 (A) CURRICULUM

Module Name

Compulsory

Training Design & Facilitation 118

Training Design & Facilitation 120

Communication & Info Management 121

Development Economics 113

Organisational Development 115

Workplace Learning 117

Research Project 116

Alpha Code Cred

FSH118 10

FSH120

FSH121

FSH113

FSH115

FSH117

FSH 116

10

10

10

10

40

10

Gender and Development 119

Local Governance 127

D.139 (B) CURRICULUM

Module Name

Compulsory

Training Design & Facilitation 120

FSH119

FSH127

TOTAL

10

10

120

Alpha Code Cred

FSH120

FSH121

FSH122

10

10

10

Communication & Info Management 121

Development Economics 122

Organisational Development 123

Workplace Learning 125

Research Project 124

Gender and Development 126

Labour Practice 101

Labour Practice 132

FSH123

FSH125

FSH 124

FSH126

LAB101

LAB132

TOTAL

10

40

10

10

10

10

120

82

D.140 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1

D.141 PROGRESS RULES

D.141.1 Block Sessions

Unless Senate decides otherwise, a student shall complete the programme in one year. All students attend

98 block sessions spread over the year.

D.142 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4.1, as stipulated in the University Calendar:

General Information Part 1 or otherwise provided in the Faculty rules:

D.143 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

There are no special requirements for this programme

83

MODUL E DE SC RIP T ORS

Please refer to the Faculty of Law Calendar for the module descriptors pertaining to the

BCom Law Degree.

BCom & BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum

Faculty

Home Department

Economics and Management Science

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 1

ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 1

ACF231

6

15

Semester

BCom (Gen) and BCom (Acc) 4-year programme

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

After the end of students will be able to demonstrate:

An understanding of the requirements of a valid argument

The ability to recognize logical fallacies in arguments put forward by people

An understanding of methods of reasoning and analysis

The capacity to identify and to avoid poorly reasoned arguments and conclusions

A raised awareness of why clear thinking is important and necessary

An understanding of the relationships between theory and practice using case study material

The ability to select and apply appropriate analytical tools to interpret case studies

The ability to analyses case studies professionally and report on analysis both orally and in writing

The ability to plan and work effectively with others in teams to achieve the above outcomes

Fundamentals of Argumentation

The Ingredients of Arguments

Fallacies and How Arguments Fail

Case Studies of fallacies

Well Structured Arguments

Become a reasoned person

Linking practical examples to Case Studies

Interpreting, critically analyzing and summarizing cases and examples

Generalizing and theorizing

Formal written and oral presentation of case analysis

ALC131/132

None

ACT101

84

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56

Assignments & tasks: 30

Self-study

Tests & examinations

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time:

54

10

154

60% - Tests, case analysis and assignments

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Lectures p.w

Practical’s p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

40% - Examinations

Economics and Management Science

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 2

ANALYTICAL AND CRITICAL THINKING 2

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

ACF232

6

15

Semester

BCom (Gen) Extended Curriculum

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

After the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate:

An understanding of the basic concepts of Business Research

A basic understanding of the research process for a Business

Research Project

The ability to identify and clarify a workable research topic

The ability to develop a strategy to gather relevant information

The ability to describe and utilize basic data collection methods o e.g.:

Secondary literature searches o Questionnaires/Surveys o Personal interviews

An ability to apply relevant theory to a chosen business-related research topic or case study

An ability to complete an academically-referenced Research

Report

Introduction to Business Research

The research process and project plan

Library resources and internet for materials search

Development of research topic and questions

Conducting literature reviews

Gathering and collating information

Selecting and organizing relevant material and critically evaluating it

Revealing knowledge of and insights into different perspectives, sides or points of view

Preparing and presenting a business research report and/or case study using primary and secondary sources

ALC131/132 AND ACF231

None

ACT302

85

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56

Assignments & tasks: 50

Self-study

Tests & examinations

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time:

38

6

150

60% - Tests, case analysis and assignments

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Economics and Management Science

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR BUSINESS

ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR BUSINESS

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

Lectures p.w

Practical’s p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

40% - Individual research assignment

ALB131 (1ST SEMESTER) ALB 132 (2ND SEMESTER)

6

15

SEMESTER

ALB131 (1ST SEMESTER) ALB 132 (2ND SEMESTER)

BCom (Gen), BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

ALB aims at improving students’ listening, note-taking, time management, reading, thinking and writing skills in the four-year programme. After the course students will be able to:

Take notes effectively in lectures.

Read with comprehension and understanding the meaning of words and phrases.

Apply academic reading skills to various texts, such as textbooks, magazines and newspapers

Apply reading and writing skills in other subjects

Plan, structure and write coherent paragraphs in written assignments.

Be able to use the computer to organize and manage information.

Academic literacy skills such s note-taking, text

analysis, vocabulary development

Various reading strategies such skimming, scanning

and comprehensive reading

Plan, structure and reference written academic work

Familiarize students with digital academic literacy

None

Co-requisite modules None

None Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 60

Assignments & tasks:

Self-study

Tests & examinations

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time:

20

64

6

150

Lectures p.w 8

Practical’s p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

86

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Continuous Evaluation: Tasks, class tests and assignments 50%

- Term test 10%

Examination 40%

Economics and Management Science

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

INTENSIVE READING AND WRITING

INTENSIVE READING AND WRITING

IRF231

6

15

Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

Main Content

BCom (Gen) 4-year programme

At the end of the module student will be able to:

Read academic material comprehensively and critically.

Apply various reading strategies to various kinds of texts.

Assess their progress on the on-line reading programme,

Reading Excellence

Write logical, coherent and meaningful academic essays.

Analyse and summarise written texts.

Construct effective business documents.

Academic reading techniques

Text book analysis

Reading journals magazines & newspapers

Computer-Assisted learning

Establishing the relationship between thinking, and reading & writing

Contextualisation and integration of arguments

Business documents

ALC131/132 Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

None

Quantitative Skills for BAdmin

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w 3

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practical’s:

1x3

12

0

Practical’s p.w 2.

Tutorials p.w. 4

Self-study

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

60

4

150

Tutorial Class and Gateway Tests 26%

Tasks and Assignments 3%

Term Tests Final 20%

Semester Test 50%

Attendance 1%

87

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Economics and Management Science

ACCOUNTING/ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

Introduction to South African Accounting 1

Introduction to South African Accounting 1 Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code ACC130 (4-YEAR GENERAL) /

ACC131 (4-YEAR ACCOUNTING)

5 NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

15

Semester

Foundation BCom ACC130 (Gen) and BCom (Acc) ACC131

Main Outcomes

Main Content

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

Record business transactions in the appropriate accounting records up to trial balance.

Accounting as an information system

Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping to trial balance

Subsidiary journals

Accounting for Value Added Tax

Periodic and perpetual inventory systems

Bank reconciliation procedures

Maths SG C or equivalent/Quantitative Skills Foundation 131 Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 Lectures p.w

Assignments & tasks:

Practical’s and self-study

Tests & examinations

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time:

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

42

43

9

150

Tests and tutorials: 40% final mark

Practical’s p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Examination: 60% final mark

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Numeric code

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester/term programmes in which the module is offered

Level

Main Outcomes

ACCOUNTING/ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

Introduction to South African Accounting 2

Introduction to South African Accounting 2

ACC132 (4-YEAR ACCOUNTING)

ACC132

15

Semester

BCom (Acc) 4-year programme

5

At the end of the module, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to:

Prepare the financial statement of a sole trader based on accrual accounting

Do an elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial statements of a sole trader

88

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited combinations

Accounting as an information system

Periodic measurement of income

Preparation of the income statement and the balance sheet for a sole trader

Elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial statements of a sole trader

ACC130/131

ACC130/131

None

Breakdown of learning time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

42

9

Time-table requirements per week.

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w. 1

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Assessment Type e.g. CAF

43

150

Tests and tutorials: 40% final mark

Examination: 60% final mark

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Numeric Code

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT/SCHOOL OF BUSINESS &

FINANCE/ECONOMICS

Introduction to the Economy and Business

Introduction to the Economy and Business

IEB 133 (For EMS students only)

IEB131 (for non-EMS students)

IEB 134(For repeat students only)

I EB131 ,IEB133, IEB134 Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester/term

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

15

Semester

Programme – BCom.4-year programme, B.A., B.Ed,

5

At the end of this module, students should be able to:

Explain the basic principles of economic theory and their application in the South African economy

Understand the role of consumers, producers and the government in the economy.

Describe and evaluate South Africa’s recent economic performance.

Describe and evaluate the requirements for entrepreneurial success in the SA economy

Describe/explain the principles of small business functions and apply them to real world settings.

Demonstrate an understanding of the environment in which small businesses operate.

Develop a business plan for a small business.

Introduction to Economics and basic economic principles

Overview of the South African economy

Perfect and imperfect competition

Production and costs

Role of entrepreneurship

The environment in which small business operates

Establishing a small business.

Principles underlying the main functional areas.

Compilation of the Business Plan

None

89

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

56

30

Tests & examinations:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Assessment Type e.g. CAF

8

56

Time-table requirement per week.

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w. 1

150

Business Plan; Tutorial exercises; Oral Presentations; Semester Tests

(60%); Examination 40%

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Numeric code

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR COMMERCE

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR COMMERCE

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester/term

QAC231

QAC231

15

Semester

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

BCom and BCom (ACC) 4-year programme

Main Outcomes

Main Content

6

At the end of this module a student should be able to demonstrate the ability to:

Calculate, understand and analyse trends in financial ratios from financial statements.

Deal with basic Capital Budgeting problems (NPV, IRR)

Understand and work with Index Numbers

Calculate and interpret Demand and Supply curves and elasticity

Calculate statistical measures of dispersion

Understand the Normal Distribution curve and its relation to economic and financial situations

Graphically solve simple Linear Programming problems

Understand the meaning of the derivative of a function and perform simple differentiation.

Application of mathematical and analytical tools to make comparisons of ratios over time, against plan, against industry norms, etc

Time value of money

Capital budgeting

Index numbers

Basic mathematics of Supply and Demand theory and elasticities

Measures of central tendency and dispersion

Normal distributions, z-scores and interpretation

Graphical solution to Linear Programming problems

Introduction to differential calculus.

QSA131 OR QSC131/132 Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56

Time-table requirement per week.

Lectures p.w. 3

Project

Tests & examinations:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Assessment Type, e.g. CAF

20

9

65

150

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w. 1

Final Examination = 50% Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50%

90

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Numeric code

Alpha- numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester/term

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR ACCOUNTING

QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR ACCOUNTING

QSA131

QSA131

15

SEMESTER

BCom (ACC) 4-year programme

5

Main Outcomes At the end of this module a student should be able to demonstrate an understand and the ability to solve problems with Commercial applications involving:

Ratio, Rates and Simple Proportion

Discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis

Time Value of Money

Straight-line and Parabolic graphs with particular reference to revenue/cost/profit, supply/demand.

Exponential and logarithmic curves

Drawing & interpreting statistical charts and calculating mean,

Main Content median, mode

Ratio & Proportions, Rates, Approximations

Pricing a product, Profits, Breakeven analysis

Simple interest, Compound interest, Annuities

Straight Line graphs and Parabolas with link to Finance &

Economics, e.g. Supply/Demand.

Exponential and Logarithmic equations & graphs with link to

Finance & Economics

Descriptive Statistics & Measures of central tendency

None Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70

Tests & examinations:

Assignments & Tasks

Selfstudy

None

None

Hours

18

6

56

Time-table requirement per week.

Lectures p.w. 3

Tutorials p.w. 1

Total Learning Time

Assessment Type e.g. CAF

150

Final Examination = 50% Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50%

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric code

Module numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester/term

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOUNDATION

QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOUNDATION

QSF131

QSF131

15

SEMESTER

BCom 4-year programme,

5

91

Main Outcomes

Main Content

At the end of this module the student should be able to:

demonstrate an understanding of the core (basic) mathematical skills for business

know the difference between mathematical and business-related terms

use mathematical notations, formulae and terminology effectively to solve business-related problems

demonstrate an understanding of thenumber systems

demonstrate knowledge and ability to work with Real numbers, in particular Integers and Rational Numbers.

apply basic operations (+, -, × and ÷ ) to Real Numbers. i.e.

Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages

solve problems in abstract and real-life situations based on

Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages.

demonstrate an understanding and the use of Ratios to describe relationship between two or more quantities and solve business problems

demonstrate an understanding of problems on Direct and

Inverse proportions

construct Linear Graphs using the table method and show how this relates to the solution of linear equations.

demonstrate an understanding of, and work with, basic Algebra, including polynomials of the first degree and basic operations applied to algebraic expressions.

find Products and Factors of algebraic expressions, and solve problems in these related to Commercial Mathematics.

have developed effective basic calculator skills to solve business related problems more efficiently

- Mathematical Thinking Skills

- Problem Solving Skills

- Number Systems

- Integers, Rational Numbers; Irrational

- Numbers

- Basic Operations

- Calculator Skills

- Fractions and Decimal Fractions

- Percentages

- Ratio and Proportion

- Basic Algebra: First degree polynomials;

- Basic Operations

- Products and factors

- Equations and Inequalities

- Graphs: Ordered Pairs; Linear and

- Quadratic

- Powers, Indices and Roots

- Measurement, Shape and Space

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Total Learning Time

Assessment Type e.g. CAF

QLC141/142

QLC141/142

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70

Tests & examinations:

Assignments & Tasks

Selfstudy

16

4

60

Time-table requirement per week.

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w. 1

150

Tutorials, Class and Gateway tests, tasks and Assignments, Term tests (50%) Examination (50%)

92

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester/term

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

QUANTITATIVE LITERACY FOR COMMERCE (QLC141)

QUANTITATIVE LITERACY FOR COMMERCE (QLC141)

QLC141

QLC141

15

SEMESTER

BCOM 4-YEAR PROGRAMME, BADMIN

5

At the end of this module the student should be able to:

• demonstrate an understanding of the number systems

• demonstrate knowledge and ability to work with Real numbers, in particular Integers and Rational Numbers.

Solve basic arithmetic problems

• apply basic operations (+, -, × and ÷ ) to Real Numbers. i.e.

Fractions, Decimal Fractions and Percentages

• simplify algebraic expressions.

• solve basic algebraic equations including simultaneous equations

• demonstrate an understanding of problems on Direct and

Inverse proportions

• draw Linear Graphs using the table and algebraic method

• draw Parabolic Graphs using the table and algebraic method

Mathematical Thinking Skills

Problem Solving Skills

Number Systems

Integers, Rational Numbers; Irrational Numbers

Basic Mathematical Operations

Calculator Skills

Fractions and Decimal Fractions

Percentages

Basic Algebra: variables, expressions and equations

Products and factors

Graphs: Ordered Pairs; Linear and Quadratic

Linear and Quadratic equations

None

None

Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments: tests and exams

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Assessment Type e.g.

(CAF)

Hours

70

4

0

16

60

150

93

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

3

1

CAF: Tutorials, Class and Gateway tests, tasks and assignments, Term

Tests (50%) Examination (50%)

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric code

Module numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR COMMERCE

QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR COMMERCE

QSC131/132

QSC131/132

15

SEMESTER

Proposed semester/term

Programmes in which the module is offered

BCom , BCom (ACC) 4-year programme, BCom, BCom Law

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

5

At the end of this module a student should be able to : demonstrate and understand the ability to solve problems with

Commercial applications involving:

• ratio, rates and simple proportion

• discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis

• time value of money

• straight-line and parabolic graphs with particular reference to revenue/cost/profit supply/demand

• exponential and logarithmic curves

• drawing and interpreting statistical charts and calculating mean, median, mode

Ratio and proportions, rates, approximations

Pricing a product, profits, breakeven analysis

Simple interest, compound interest, annuities

Straight line graphs and parabolas with link to finance and economics e.g. supply/demand

Exponential and logarithmic equations and graphs with link to finance and economics

Descriptive statistics and measures of central tendency.

QSF131/132 OR QLC (70%)

None

QLC141/142

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70

Time-table requirement per week.

Lectures p.w. 3

Tests & examinations:

Assignments & Tasks

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

12

6

62

150

Examination 50%

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Tests, assignments and tasks 50%

1

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

EMS

Academic Development/SBF/Accounting

QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR FINANCE

QUANTITATIVE SKILLS FOR FINANCE

QSF141

10

1 semester

1

B.Com.(Finance), B.Com.(Financial Accounting),

B.Com.(Economics)

5

94

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

1

At the end of this module a student should be able to demonstrate an understand and the ability to solve problems with Commercial applications involving:

Ratio, Rates and Simple Proportion

Discounts and markdowns, breakeven analysis

Time Value of Money

Straight-line and Parabolic graphs with particular reference to revenue/cost/profit, supply/demand.

Exponential and logarithmic curves

Drawing & interpreting statistical charts and calculating mean, median, mode

Ratio & Proportions, Rates, Approximations

Pricing a product, Profits, Breakeven analysis

Simple interest, Compound interest, Annuities

Straight Line graphs and Parabolas with link to Finance &

Economics, e.g. Supply/Demand.

Exponential and Logarithmic equations & graphs with link to

Finance & Economics

Descriptive Statistics & Measures of central tendency

NSC MATHEMATICS LEVEL 4 (not Mathematics Literacy)

ECO142 and FIA141

QSC131/132, QSA131/132 , MAM126

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Hours

40

0

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 2

Practicals p.w. 0

Practicals:

Assessments

0

7

Tutorials p.w.

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

53

100

Method of Student Assessment Tests, Assignments and tasks = 50%

Final Examination = 50%

Assessment Module type CAF

Business Analysis

Business Analysis is offered at the 2 nd

year level only to BCom students. The subject comprises of four modules:

BSA 201 Quantitiative Business Analysis

BSA 203 Analytical & Critical Thinking

BSA 204 Introductory Business Research

BSA202 Business Communication

(This module may only be taken by students with 65% for ALC) Dept to clarify

1

95

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Numeric code

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester/term

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Project

Tests & examinations:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Assessment Type e.g. CAF

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Numeric Code

Alpha-numeric Code

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT

QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS

BUSINESS ANALYSIS 201

BSA201

BSA201

10

Semester

2

BCom

6

At the end of the module a student should be able to demonstrate the ability to:

Calculate, understand and analyse trends in financial ratios from financial statements

Deal with basic Capital Budgeting problems (NPV, IRR)

Understand and work with Index Numbers

Calculate and interpret Demand and Supply curves and elasticity

Calculate statistical measures of dispersion

Understand the Normal Distribution curve and its relation to economic and financial situations

Graphically solve simple Linear Programming problems

Understand the meaning of the derivative of a function and perform simple differentiation

Application of mathematical and analytical tools to make comparisons of ratios over time, against plan, against industry norms etc

Time value of money

Capital budgeting

Index numbers

Basic mathematics of Supply and Demand theory and elasticities

Measures of central tendency and dispersion

Normal distributions, z-scores and interpretation

Graphical solution to Linear Programming problems

Introduction to differential calculus

QSC131/132

None

None

Hours

40

30

6

24

100

Time-table requirement per week.

Lectures p.w. 1.5

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Tests, assignments and tasks 50% Examination 50%

0

1

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

BUSINESS ANALYSIS 202

BUSINESS ANALYSIS 202

BSA202

BSA202

96

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester/term

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Project

Tests & examinations:

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Assessment Type e.g. CAF

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Numeric code

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester/term

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Main Outcomes

10

Semester

2

BCom

6

At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the ability to:

Read Business and Academics material comprehensively and critically

Apply various reading strategies to various kinds of texts

Assess their progress on the on-line reading programme,

Reading Excellence

Write logical, coherent and meaningful academic essays

Analyse and summarize written commercial texts

Construct effective business documents

Academic reading techniques

Text book analysis

Reading business journals, magazines and newspapers

Computer-Assisted learning

Establishing the relationship between thinking, and reading

and Writing

Contextualization and integration of arguments

Business documents

ALC131/132

None

ACF232

Hours

35

10

5

30

Time-table requirement per week.

Lectures p.w. 1.5

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

20

100

Examination 40%

Continuous Evaluation: 60%Tests, tutorials, assignments

0

1

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

BUSINESS ANALYSIS 203

BUSINESS ANALYSIS 203

BSA203

BSA203

10

Semester

2

BCom

6

On completion of the module students will be able to demonstrate

(a) an understanding of:

The requirements of valid arguments and methods of reasoning and analysis

97

Main Content

The relationships between theory and practice using case study materials

(b) the ability to

Recognize logical fallacies in arguments and to avoid poorly reasoned arguments and conclusions

Select and apply appropriate analytical tools to interpret case studies

Analyse case studies professionally and report these results orally and in writing

Plan and work in teams to achieve these outcomes

The ingredients of arguments

Fallacies and How arguments fail

Case studies of fallacies

Well structured arguments

Becoming a reasoning person

Linking practical examples to case studies

Interpreting, summarizing and critically analyzing cases

Generalising and theorizing

Formal written and oral presentation of case analysis

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

ALC131/132

None

ACF231

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Project

Tests & examinations:

Selfstudy

Hours

40

20

6

34

Time-table requirement per week.

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

1.5

0

1

Total Learning Time 100

Methods of Student Assessment Examination 40%

Continuous Evaluation: 60%Tests, tutorials, assignments

Home Department ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

BUSINESS ANALYSIS 204

BUSINESS ANALYSIS 204

BSA204

10

Semester

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester/term

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Main Outcomes

2

BCom

6

After the course students will be able to demonstrate:



An understanding of the basic concepts of Business Research

 A basic understanding of the research process for a Business

Research Project



The ability to identify and clarify a workable research topic



The ability to develop a strategy to gather relevant information

 The ability to describe and utilize basic data collection methods

 An ability to apply relevant theory to a chosen businessrelated research topic or case study



An ability to complete an academically-referenced Research

Report

98

Main Content

Introduction to Business Research

The research process and project plan

Library resources and internet for materials search

Development of research topic and questions

Conducting literature reviews

Gathering and collating information

Selecting and recognize relevant material and critically evaluating it

Revealing knowledge of and insights into different perspectives, sides or points of view

Preparing and presenting a business research report and/or case study using primary and secondary sources

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

BSA203

None

ACF231

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Project

40

30

Time-table requirement per week.

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

2

1

1 Tests & examinations:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Assessment Topic e.g. CAF

6

24

100

Tutorials p.w.

Examination 40%

Continuous Evaluation: 60%Tests, tutorials, assignments

Module Descriptors BCom 3-Year Programme:

Academic Literacy for Commerce

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Numeric code

Alpgha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Proposed semester/term

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

Main Outcomes

ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT

ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR COMMERCE 131/132

ACADEMIC LITERACY FOR COMMERCE 131/132

A LC131(Full time and part-time)

ALC132 (Full time repeat module only )

ALC131 /ALC132

15

SEMESTER

BCom , BCom Accounting, BCom Law, BAdmin, BCom , BCom

(ACC) 4-year programme

5

ALC 131/132 aims at improving first-year students’ academic literacy skills, and the use of productivity software. After the course students will be able to:

Demonstrate the use of various listening and note-taking strategies.

Demonstrate an understanding of group dynamics.

Demonstrate an understanding of analytical and critical thinking

Apply critical and analytical reading skills in various contexts, e.g. text books & articles in journals, newspapers, magazines.

Write well constructed- written assignments and academic essays.

99

Main Content

Use references and quotations in a coherent and appropriate manner.

Summarise main and supporting ideas in written texts.

Write well-constructed reports and proposals.

Effectively utilize IT-based productivity tools to organize and manage information.

Listening and note-taking skills

Group dynamics skills

Critical thinking skills

Reading skills

Writing skills

Referencing skills

Digital information literacy skills

ALB 131 for 4-year programme students only Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Tests & examinations:

Assignments & Tasks

DAL

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Assessment Type e.g. CAF

ALB 131 for 4-year programme students only

None

Hours

60

6

30

14

40

150

Time-table requirement per week.

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Continuous evaluation:

60% - tests, tutorials and major assignments

40% - examinations

Department of Accounting

Accounting for Management ACM231 and ACM233 will be offered for the last time in 2013

Second Year

3

1

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Year level

Main Outcomes

EMS

Department of Accounting

Accounting information applications

Accounting Information Applications 239

ACC239

6

15

1 Year

Year

BCom (Accounting)

BCom (Accounting) Extended Curriculum

2

At the end of the module, students should be able to:

Demonstrate an understanding of the need for access to information

Be familiar with and identify the opportunities to use information as a business tool.

Demonstrate an understanding of the basic components of a business process mode.

Use process models to document business activities

Critically appraise a business process model

100

Main Content

Enhance financial reporting using IT tools

Use spreadsheets to analyses business data

Use accounting software packages to process accounting information

Be familiar with the controls in an accounting information package available for implementation by management for internal control purposes.

Be familiar with certain functions in MS Excel to be able to utilise it for integration with other subject areas

The role of information within business

Business processes and enterprise software

Process using computerized accounting packages

Using Internet tools in an accounting context

Selected themes as determined by the Department of

Accounting

IFS131 or IFS132

None

None

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer /tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Hours

56

20

28

20

26

150

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Method of Student Assessment Tests and tutorials: 60% Examination:

Subject area: Financial Accounting

B. Com (Accounting)

Level 1

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences

40%

1

1

1

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Accounting

Financial Accounting

Financial Accounting 131

FIA131

15

Semester

First

B Com(Acc) and

B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum

5

1

At the end of the module the learner should be able to prepare:

-the financial statements of a sole trader

- various control accounts and their reconciliation (ie. Debtors, creditors, bank)

Accounting as information system

Introduction to GAAP and the IFRS Framework

Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping

Subsidiary journals

Control accounts and reconciliation

101

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Assessment

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Revenue recognition and profit determination

Inventory

Property, plant and equipment

Financial statement preparation

B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum: ACC132

None

ACM131 or ACM132 or FIA141

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

56

5

Lectures p.w.3

Practicals p.w 0.

9

80

150

Tutorials p.w. 1

Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 40% Examination : 60%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty

Home Department

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Financial Accounting

Financial Accounting 132

FIA132

15

Semester

Second

B Com (Acc) and

B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum

5

1

At the end of the module the learner should be able to prepare: the financial statements of various forms of business entities. an analysis of accrual financial statements

Non- current assets

Accounting for various forms of business entities

Companies

Non –profit organisations etc.

Statement of cash flows

Reading and analysis of financial statements.

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Assessment

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

FIA131

None

FIA142

Hours

56

5

9

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w. 0

0

80

150

Tutorials p.w. 1

Tests and Tutorials : 40% Examination : 60%

CFA

102

Level 2

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Assessment

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Financial Accounting 214

Financial Accounting 214

FIA214

20

Semester

First

B.Com(Acc) and

B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum

6

2

At the end of the module the learner should be able to:

Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International

Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and prepare financial reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with

GAAP.

Detailed application of a selection of statements of Generally

Accepted Accounting Practice, including selected standards from

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and accounting for group situations.

FIA 131 and a final mark of 55% for FIA132 or equivalent.

None

FIA241

Hours

70

10

0

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 4

Practicals p.w. 0

Tutorials p.w. 1

13

107

200

Tests and Tutorials : 40% Examination : 60%

CFA

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Financial Accounting

Financial Accounting 225

FIA225

20

Semester

Second

B.Com(Acc) and

B Com (Acc) Extended Curriculum

6

103

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Assessment

Practicals:

Selfstudy

2

At the end of the module the learner should be able to:

Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International

Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) , and prepare financial reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with

GAAP.

Detailed application of a selection of statements of Generally

Accepted Accounting Practice, including selected standards from

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and accounting for group situations.

FIA214

None

FIA242

Hours

70

10

0

13

107

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 4

Practicals p.w. 0

Tutorials p.w. 1

Total Learning Time 200

Methods of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 40% final mark

Examination : 60% final mark

CFA Assessment Module type

Level 3

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Financial Accounting

Financial Accounting 324

FIA324

60

Year

Year course

B.Com(Acc) and

B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum

7

3

At the end of this module, the learner should be able to:

Recognize, measure and disclose the effects of business transactions and other events and conditions on a reporting entity in compliance with the accounting treatment prescribed by

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including International

Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) , and prepare financial reports for the reporting entity and the group in accordance with

GAAP.

Detailed application of a selection of statements of Generally

Accepted Accounting Practice, including selected standards from

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and accounting for group situations.

104

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Assessment

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

FIA214 and FIA225

None

FIA341 and FIA342

Hours

168

10

0

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 5

Practicals p.w.0

Tutorials p.w. 1

15

407

600

Tests and Tutorials : 50% final mark

Examination : 50% final mark (Two three hour examination papers)

CFA

105

Subject area: Financial Accounting

B. Com (Financial Accounting)

Level 1

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Financial Accounting

Financial Accounting 141/143

FIA141/FIA143

15

Semester

Proposed semester to be offered FIA141 First semester

FIA 143 Second semester

University Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level 5

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

1

Students should be able to:

Define and apply the accounting concepts relating to the elements of the accounting equation.

Record transactions using the double entry system.

Distinguish between cash and accrual accounting.

Apply accrual accounting and other adjustments to the preadjustment trial balance.

Distinguish between two methods of recording inventory and be able to apply both.

Prepare various control accounts and their reconciliation.

Prepare the financial statements of a service and trading business.

Analyse and do a basic interpretation of the financial statements of a sole proprietor.

Accounting as information system

Data processing and double-entry bookkeeping

Accounting for Value Added Tax.

Operation of cash controls

Bank reconciliation procedures

Preparation of the financial statements (excluding statement of cash flows) of a sole trader

Elementary analysis and interpretation of the financial statements of a sole trader

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

B.Com Extended Programme:

ACC130 or ACC131 or ACC133 and QSF131 or QSF132

QSF141 or QSC131 or QSC132 or MAT126

FIA131

A. Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

56 Lectures p.w.

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

28

0

13

53

150

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Method of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 50% final mark

Examination : 50% final mark

Assessment Module type CFA

3

0

1

106

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

A. Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Financial Accounting

Financial Accounting 142

FIA142

10

Semester

Second

University

5

1

At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:

Apply the conceptual framework to the preparation of financial statements of different entities

Prepare the statement of cash flows on either the direct or indirect method

Apply the statement of cash flows in the analysis of performance and financial position of an entity

Analyse and interpret financial statements

Record transactions manually in subsidiary journals and ledgers and do relevant controls

Recognition, measurement and classification of elements of the financial statements

Financial Statements(Including statement of cash flows) of different entities:

Close Corporations

Companies

Non Profit Organisations

Analysis and Interpretation of financial statements

FIA141 or passed the special assessment after completion of the

FIA141 Winter School and QSF141 or Qsc131 or equivalent and

ALC131

None

FIA132

Hours

56

14

0

9

21

100

Tests and, tutorials: 50%of

Final mark

CFA

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

0

1

Examination:50% of Final mark

107

Level 2

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Financial Accounting

Financial Accounting 241

FIA241

20

Semester

First

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com

6

2

At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:

Prepare and present company annual financial statements including disclosure of relevant notes to the financial statements

Manually and by means of an accounting software package calculate financial ratios

Analyse and interpret financial statements

Conceptual Framework and preparation and presentation of financial statements.

Basic income tax calculations and deferred tax principles

Initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and disclosure of the following selected elements of financial statements in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards

(IFRS):

Revenue

Inventory

Property, plant & equipment

Intangible assets

Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets

Utilising accounting software in order to calculate financial ratios of a company

Analysis and interpretation of financial statements

Capita selecta as determined by the Department of Accounting.

FIA 141 and FIA 142 or

FIA 131 and FIA 132 or

FIA131 and passed the special assessment after completion of

FIA142 Summer School

None

FIA214

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Hours

56

40

9

14

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

81

200

Method of Student Assessment 50% Tests, practicals & assignments

50% Exam

Assessment Module type CFA

0.5

1

108

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Financial Accounting

Financial Accounting 242

FIA242

20

Semester

Second semester

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com

6

2

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:

Prepare and present company annual financial statements including the disclosure of relevant notes to the financial statements

Calculate the effect on financial statements as result of management decisions relating to changes in accounting policies, estimates and the effect of fundamental errors

Prepare basic business combinations

Undertake financial analysis and interpretation of financial statements and report thereon

Assess business and financial risk

Initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and disclosure of the following selected elements of financial statements in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS):

Net profit, prior period errors and changes in accounting policy

Events after reporting period

Earnings per share

Statement of cash flows

Financial structure and financial instruments

Financial analysis and decision making

Basic business combinations

Borrowing costs

Interpretation of financial analysis of a company including the identification of any financial and business risk and reporting thereon

Use the report writer of an accounting package to prepare reports to management on the financial performance and financial position of a company

Capita selecta as determined by the Department of Accounting.

FIA 241 or FIA 214 or passed the special assessment after completion of the FIA241 Winter School

None

FIA225

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

Time-table Requirement per week

40

14

9

81

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

200

50% Tests, practicals & assigments

50% Exam

CFA

3

0.5

1

109

Level 3

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Economic and Management Accounting

Accounting

Financial Accounting

Financial Accounting 341

FIA341

30

Semester

1

B Com (Financial Accounting), B.Com

Main Content

7

3

At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:

Prepare and present financial statements for companies in terms of

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS);

This module will cover the following specific topics:

The Conceptual Framework;

Preparation and presentation Financial Statements, including the statement of cash flows and notes to the financial statements;

A selection of standards from International Financial Reporting

Standards (IFRS), including but not limited to the following:

Financial instruments: Disclosures;

Taxation;

Leases;

Property, plant and equipment;

Investment property;

Intangible assets;

Provisions, contingent assets and liabilities

Borrowing costs;

Earnings per share (separate companies);

Events after the reporting period.

The IFRS on Construction Contracts will be covered on the level of awareness

Write reports on financial and business risk as well as on financial performance and financial position.

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

FIA241 and FIA242 or

FIA214 and FIA225 or

FIA214 and passed the special assessment after completion of the

FIA242 Summer School

None

FIA324

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

112

0

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

4

0

1

Assessments

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

9

109

300

Tests, tutorials and practicals:

50% of final mark

CFA

Examination:

50% of final mark

110

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Economic and Management Accounting

Accounting

Financial Accounting

Financial Accounting 342 Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

FIA342

30

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Semester

2

B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com

7

Main Content

3

At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:

Prepare and present separate and consolidated financial statements for companies in terms of International Financial Reporting

Standards (IFRS);

This module will cover the following specific topics:

Group financial statements;

Preparation and presentation of Group Financial Statements, including the group statement of cash flows and notes to the group financial statements;

Selected standards from International Financial Reporting Standards

(IFRS), including but not limited to the following:

Taxation;

Share based payments;

Segmental reporting;

Earnings per share (group);

Foreign entities and the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates;

Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations;

Related party disclosure.

The IFRS on share based payments and segmental reporting will be covered at the level of awareness

Case study of a group annual report of a selected listed public company.

FIA341 Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

None

FIA324

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70

Assignments & tasks: 112

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Hours

0

9

109

300

Tests, tutorials and practicals:

50% of final mark

Assessment Module type CFA

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Examination:

50% of final mark

4

0

1

111

Subject area: Auditing

B Com (Accounting) programme

Level 2

Module Topic

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed Semester to be

Offered

Auditing

AUD236

10

Semester

2

Programmes in which the

Module is Offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

B Com (Accounting) and

B Com (Accounting) Extended Curriculum

6

2

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with Lecturer/Tutor

Assignments and Tasks

Assessments

Practicals

Self-study

Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to:

Explain the functions and responsibilities of an external auditor.

Explain the importance of ethical behaviour by professional accountants, and apply SAICA’s Code of Professional Conduct to scenario-type questions.

Apply the Auditing Profession Act, specifically sections 45 and

46, to scenario-type questions.

Explain the flow of the external audit process.

Explain concepts and principles important to the external audit process, e.g. materiality and risk assessment.

Perform a basic risk assessment.

Calculate materiality, with motivation.

Explain control techniques.

Design basic internal control systems, identify weaknesses in a control system and recommend improvement to address such weaknesses.

Draft tests of controls.

Explain the different types of reports that an external auditor can issue.

An introduction to external auditing

SAICA’s Code of Professional Conduct

The Auditing Profession Act

The audit process

Materiality determination

Risk assessment

Internal control techniques

Audit testing techniques

The application of control techniques to two cycles

The application of audit testing techniques to two cycles

BET211

None

AUD241 and AUD242

Hours

42

7

15

0

36

Time-table Requirements per Week

Lectures

Practicals

Tutorials

2

0

1

Total Learning Time 100

Methods of Student Assessment Coursework: 50% of final mark Final exam: 50% of final mark

Assessment Module Type CFA

112

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed Semester to be

Offered

Programmes in which the

Module is Offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Business Ethics

Business Ethics 211

BET211

10

Semester

1

B Com (Accounting) and

B Com (Accounting) Extended Curriculum

6

2

Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to:

Explain the purpose of this module, as well as the arguments for and against the teaching of ethics at tertiary level.

Explain the arguments for and against the notion that ethics belongs in the business environment.

Explain the core elements of some important value systems, including the African value system, Judaism and Christianity, and Islam.

Explain the ideas of ethical absolutism and relativism, and criticize extreme relativism.

Explain the basic theory of the following theories of ethics, and criticize the theories:

Virtue ethics.

Rule morality, and more specifically Kant’s version thereof.

Utilitarianism, and more specifically Bentham’s and Mill’s versions thereof.

Make ethical decisions by applying Kant’s version of rule morality and Bentham’s and Mill’s versions of utilitarianism to scenarios.

Explain a process that can be used for the purposes of ethical decision-making.

Explain the argument in favour of a free market system as put forward by Adam Smith.

Explain Karl Marx’s theory about the inevitable march of history, and criticize his theory.

Explain the central ideas of some theories of economic justice.

Explain some notions about the moral obligations of the corporation, specifically corporate social responsibility.

Explain the basic ideas of corporate governance, focusing on the role of the board of directors.

Explain the arguments relating to executive remuneration as a contentious governance-related matter.

Explain the steps in the process of ethics management, and the problems involved in ethics management, particularly in the context of a company with suppliers in developing countries.

Explain the characteristics of a profession, and how those characteristics apply to the accounting and auditing professions.

Explain the basic structure of IFAC’s Code of Conduct, as adopted by SAICA and IRBA, and the fundamental principles

113

Main Content

Pre-requisites in that code.

Explain three theories about the nature of the organization.

Some important value systems

General theory of ethics

Issues of macro-ethics

The moral obligations of the modern corporation

An introduction to corporate governance

Ethics management

The professional status of the professional accountant

Some organisational theories

FIA132 or equivalent; and

ALC131 or ALC132

None Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations BET242

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 28

Time-table Requirements per Week

Lectures 2

Assignments and Tasks

Assessments

Practicals

Self-study

30

5.5

0

36.5

Practicals

Tutorials

0

0

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module Type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Year level

Main Outcomes

100

Coursework: 60% of final mark

Final exam: 40% of final mark

CFA

EMS

Department of Accounting

Accounting information applications

Accounting Information Applications 239

ACC239

6

15

1 Year

Year

BCom (Accounting)

BCom (Accounting) Extended Curriculum

2

At the end of the module, students should be able to:

• Demonstrate an understanding of the need for access to information

• Be familiar with and identify the opportunities to use information as a business tool.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the basic components of a business process mode.

• Use process models to document business activities

• Critically appraise a business process model

• Enhance financial reporting using IT tools

• Use spreadheets to analyse business data

• Use accounting software packages to process accounting information

• Be familiar with the controls in an accounting information package available for implementation by management for internal control purposes.

• Be familiar with certain functions in MSExcel to be able to utilise it for integration with other subject areas

114

Main Content • The role of information within business

• Business processes and enterprise software

• Process using computerized accounting packages

• Using Internet tools in an accounting context

• Selected themes as determined by the Department of

Accounting

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

IFS131 or IFS132

None

None

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify

Hours

56

20

28

20

26

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 1

Practicals p.w. 1

Tutorials p.w. 1

Total Learning Time 150

Method of Student Assessment Tests and tutorials: 60%

Examination:40%

CFA Assessment Module type

Level 3

Faculty

Home Department

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed Semester to be

Offered

Programmes in which the

Module will be Offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Auditing

Auditing 322

AUD322

30

Year

Year

B Com (Accounting) and

B Com (Accounting) Extended Curriculum

7

3

At the end of the module, a student should be able to:

Discuss, explain and apply the regulatory principles, particularly as contained in the International Standards of Auditing, governing the external auditor’s work.

Discuss and apply the various stages of the external audit process to a given scenario.

Apply the principles and concepts governing the various stages of the external audit process, e.g. materiality and risk assessment

Design, evaluate, test and criticize the internal controls systems in a given scenario.

Design, for manual and computerised environments, audit programmes.

Formulate, select and discuss the appropriate type of audit report that an external auditor can issue in a given situation.

Critically discuss and apply principles of corporate governance.

All of the outcomes found in the Auditing 236 module descriptor are examinable in this module .

115

Main Content The stages of the external audit process

Concepts and principles important to the external audit process, e.g. materiality and risk assessment

The regulatory environment governing the external auditor’s work, including International Standards of Auditing

Internal controls in manual and computerised environments

Audit testing in manual and computerised environments

The reports that an external auditor can issue

Corporate governance

IT applications

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

AUD236, FIA214

None

Prohibited Combinations AUD341

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with Lecturer/Tutor

Assignments and Tasks

Practicals

Assessments

Self-study

100

30

10

12

148

Time-table Requirements per Week

Lectures pw 0

Practicals pw 0

Tutorials pw 0

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module Type

Subject area: Auditing

B Com (Financial Accounting)

Level 2

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

300

Coursework: 50% of final mark

Final exam: 50% of final mark

CFA

Main Content

Economic and Management Accounting

Accounting

Internal Auditing

Auditing 241

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

AUD241

10

Duration Semester

Proposed Semester to be Offered 1

Programmes in which the

Module will be Offered

B Com (Financial Accounting), B.Com

Level 6

Year Level

Main Outcomes

2

Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to:

Explain basic theory relating to the role of the internal auditing function in the modern corporation

Explain types of internal audit

Explain the importance of the Institute of InternaI Auditors’ standards for the professional practice of internal auditing, and apply some of these standards to scenario-type questions

Explain the performance objectives of organisations

Explain important concepts relating to risk assessment, and perform basic risk assessments

Explain control frameworks, with an emphasis on control techniques

Explain how audit evidence can be collected and assessed

Explain the flow of the internal audit process

The emerging role of internal auditing

116

Types of internal audit

The Institute of Internal Auditors’ standards for the professional practice of internal auditing

The performance objectives of organisations

Risk assessment

Control frameworks

Audit evidence

The internal audit process and documentation

Pre-requisite Modules FIA141 or

FIA131, AND

ALC131 or ALC132

None Co-requisite Modules

Prohibited Module Combination AUD236

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with Lecturer/Tutor

Assignments and Tasks

Practicals

Assessments

Self-study

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

42

16

0

7

35

100

CAM: 50% of final mark

CFA

Time-table Requirement per

Week

Lectures pw. 0

Practical pw 0

Tutorialspw 0

Final exam: 50% of final mark

Assessment Module Type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Economic and Management Accounting

Accounting

Internal Auditing

Auditing 242

AUD242

10

Duration Semester

Proposed Semester to be Offered 2

Programmes in which the

Module will be Offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com

6

2

Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to:

Explain the flow of the internal audit process

Explain basic theory relating to control and performance evaluation, e.g. the purpose of controls and the types of controls

Explain the theory relating to audit engagement tools, statistics and quantitative methods, focusing on the application of sampling

Explain the steps to be followed during the planning phase of the internal audit engagement

Explain the steps to be followed when drafting an audit report, including follow-up actions

Apply the above theory to scenario-type questions

Explain sound corporate governance practices, and apply corporate governance theory to scenario-type questions

Explain the interaction between an organisation’s financial accounting function, internal audit function and external auditors

Explain the internal auditor’s duties regarding the organisation’s regulatory and legal compliance

The internal audit process and documentation

Control and performance evaluation

117

Audit engagement tools, statistics and quantitative methods

Engagement planning

Audit reporting and follow-up

Corporate governance

The internal audit function and financial accounting and finance

The legal and regulatory environment

Auditing in a computerised environment

General and application controls

CAATS

Pre-requisite Modules

Co-requisite Modules

AUD241

None

Prohibited Module Combination AUD236

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with Lecturer/Tutor

Assignments and Tasks

Practicals

Assessments

Self-study

42

18

0

5

35

Time-table Requirement per

Week

Lectures : 3

Practical : 0

Tutorials : 0

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Assessment Module Type

100

CAM: 50% of final mark

CFA

Final exam: 50% of final mark

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Business Ethics

Business Ethics 242

Credit Value

Duration

Main Outcomes

BET242

10

Semester

Proposed semester to be offered. 2

Programmes in which the module B Com(Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com will be offered

Level

Year Level

(Human Resources), B Com

6

2

Upon successful completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Explain the purpose of this module, as well as the arguments for and against the teaching of ethics at tertiary level.

Explain the arguments for and against the notion that ethics belongs in the business environment.

Explain some core elements of some important value systems, including the African value system, Judaism and Christianity, and Islam.

Explain the ideas of ethical absolutism and relativism, and criticise extreme relativism.

Explain the basic theory of the following theories of ethics, and criticise the theories:

Virtue ethics

Rule morality, and more specifically Kant’s version thereof

Utilitarianism, and more specifically Bentham’s and Mill’s versions thereof

Apply Kant’s version of rule morality and Bentham’s and Mill’s versions of utilitarianism to scenarios.

Explain a process that can be used for the purposes of ethical decision-making.

118

Main Content

Explain the argument in favour of a free market system as put forward by Smith.

Explain Marx’s theory about the inevitable march of history, and criticise his theory.

Explain the central ideas of some theories of economic justice

Explain some notions about the moral obligations of the corporation, specifically corporate social responsibility.

Explain the basic ideas of corporate governance, focusing on the role of the board of directors.

Explain the arguments relating to executive remuneration as a contentious governance-related matter.

Explain the steps in the process of ethics management, and the problems involved in ethics management, particularly in the context of a company with suppliers in developing countries.

Explain three theories about the nature of the organisation.

Some value systems

Some important ethical theories

The free market system and the Marxist critique of the free market system

The moral obligations of the corporation

Corporate governance

Ethics management

Some theories about the nature of the organisation

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

ALC131 or ALC132

None

Prohibited module Combination BET211

A. Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

28

30

0

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

2

0

0

Assessments

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Method of Student Assessment

5.5

36.5

100

CAM: 60%

CFA

Exam: 40%

Assessment Module type

Level 3

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Internal Auditing

Auditing 341

AUD341

15

Duration Semester

Proposed Semester to be Offered 1

Programmes in which the

Module will be Offered

Level

B.Com (Financial Accounting)

7

Year Level

Main Outcomes

3

Upon completion of the module, a student should be able to:

Assess controls as outlined in a scenario-type question, point out control weaknesses, and make recommendations about controls that can be implemented to address such weaknesses

Explain what quality assurance should involve, and apply the relevant theory to a scenario-type question

119

Main Content

Explain the independent review process

Auditing in a computerised environment – networks and related concepts

Controls techniques

Controls in the following cycles:

Revenue and receipts cycle

Acquisition and payments cycle

Inventory and production cycle

Payroll and personnel cycle

Internal audit quality

Overview of the independent review process

AUD241 and AUD242 Pre-requisite Modules

Co-requisite Modules None

Prohibited Module Combination AUD327

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with Lecturer/Tutor

Assignments and Tasks

Practicals

Assessments

Hours

56

18

0

7

Time-table Requirement per Week

Lectures : 3

Practical : 0

Tutorials : 1

Self-study

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Assessment Module Type

69

150

CAM: 50% of final mark

CFA

Final exam: 50% of final mark

Subject Area: Management Accounting and Financial Management

B Com (Accounting) programme

Level 2

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha Numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

Year level

Main Outcomes

Accounting

Management Accounting

Management Accounting 234

MAC234

10

Semester

First

BCom (Acc)

BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum

6

2

At the end of the module, students will be able to:

Explain the basic concepts and processes in establishing the costs that are incurred when producing a product or providing a service;

Prepare and comment on cost statements or cost reports based on job order costing, process costing, joint and by-product costing and activity based costing;

Analyse the relationship between cost, volume and profit and interpret the results;

Prepare income statements based on variable costing and absorption costing, and reconcile the net income under the two methods;

Discuss the budget development process, compile various operating budgets and financial budgets and comment on their

120

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited combinations

Breakdown of learning time

Contact with lecturer/ tutor

Assignments & tasks:

Assessment:

Practicals:

Self Study

Total Learning Time

Methods of student assessment:

Assessment module type:

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year level

Main Outcomes use as control instruments;

Comment on the standard costing system as a control technique, compute basic variances and reconcile actual profit with budgeted profit;

Evaluate the performance of managers;

Functions of management accounting, and relationship between financial and management accounting;

Cost concepts and classifications

Cost elements – materials, labour and overheads

Cost accumulation systems – job costing, process costing;

Direct and absorption costing

Cost-volume –profit analysis

Budgeting

Standard costing

FIA131 and FIA132 and ALC131 or ALC132

None

MAC241

Amended Hours Time-table requirement per week

56

0

9

0

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w. -0

Tutorials p.w. 1

35

100

Tests and Tutorials : 40% Examination : 60%

CFA

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Corporate and Financial Management

Corporate and Financial Management CFM221

CFM221

10

Semester

Second

Main Content

BCom (Acc)

BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum

6

2

At the end of the module students will be able to:

Develop and evaluate an entity’s strategies.

Demonstrate an understanding of an entity’s plan for risk management.

Demonstrate an understanding of an entity’s governance model.

Establish and evaluate overall financial goals.

Analyse an entity’s financial situation.

Demonstrate an understanding of strategies for avoiding and dealing with business failure.

Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of risk and return and the portfolio theory.

Demonstrate an understanding of the cost of capital and the capital structure of an entity.

Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of the capital budgeting process.

Business strategy.

121

Risk management concepts.

Aspects of corporate governance.

Functions of financial management.

Analysis of financial information.

Business in difficulty.

Time value of money.

Risk and return and the portfolio theory.

Cost of capital.

Capital structure.

Capital budgeting.

MAC234 and BET211

None

FIM242

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Main Content

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

34

100

Methods of student assessment CAM – 40% final mark

Assessment module type CFA

Level 3

42

15

0

9

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Year level

Main Outcomes

Accounting

MAF334

7

30

Year

Year

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Examination – 60% final mark

Economic and Management Sciences

MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE 334

BCom (Acc)

BCom (Acc) Extended Curriculum

3

At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:

Demonstrate an understanding of costing concepts and their application in the design, implementation and operation of costing systems.

Devise appropriate indicators of performance to measure and evaluate management performance and provide information for management control decision-making and system design.

Demonstrate an understanding of the investment, financing and dividend decisions relating to an entity and its activities, within the context of its environment

Make recommendations designed to responsibly manage an entity through effective use of financial resources and in accordance with the strategic objectives of the entity.

Be able to integrate costing concepts with financial management principles

Joint and by-product costing

2

-

1

122

Cost volume profit analysis

Relevant cost

Activity-based costing

Budgeting

Standard costing

Divisional performance measures and transfer pricing

Cost estimation and behaviour

Linear programming

IT applications

Valuations

Capital Budgeting

Management of working capital

Cost of Capital

Capital structure

Financing decisions

Dividends

Mergers, takeovers and divestitures

Treasury function

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

MAC 234 and CFM 221

None

MAC 341 and FIM 342

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Hours

104

10

0

16

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Selfstudy 170

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time 300

Method of Student Assessment Tests and Tutorials : 50% Examination : 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Subject Area: Management Accounting and Financial Management

B Com (Financial Accounting)

Level 2

3

0

1

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Management Accounting

Management Accounting 241

MAC241

10

Semester

First

B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com (Finance), B Com

6

2

At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:

123

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

FIA141 and FIA142 or

FIA131 and FIA132 and

QSF141 or QSC131 or QSC132 or MAT126 and

ALC131 or ALC132

None

MAC234

Hours

56

0

0

Assessments

Selfstudy

9

35

Total Learning Time 100

Method of Student Assessment Test and Tutorials: 50% Final mark

Examination:50% Final mark

CFA Assessment Module type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

3

0

1

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Financial Management

Financial Management 242

FIM242

10

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Explain the basic concepts and processes in establishing the costs that are incurred when producing a product or providing a service;

Prepare cost statements or cost reports based on job order costing, process costing, joint and by-product costing and activity based costing;

Analyse the relationship between cost, volume and profit and interpret the results;

Prepare the statement of comprehensive income based on variable costing and absorption costing, and reconcile the net income under the two methods;

Discuss the budget development process, compile various operating budgets and financial budgets.

Applying basic techniques and principles in the decision making process.

Functions of management accounting, and relationship between financial and management accounting;

Cost concepts, classifications and the nature of costs;

Cost elements – materials, labour and overheads;

Cost accumulation systems – job costing, process costing and activity-based costing;

Direct and absorption costing;

Cost-volume-profit analysis;

Budgeting;

Basic decision making applications.

Semester

2

B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com

6

2

124

Main Outcomes

Main Content

At the end of this module, the learner should be able to:

Evaluate an entity’s financial strategies.

Evaluate overall financial goals.

Analyse an entity’s financial situation.

Comprehend the principles of risk and return.

Calculate and apply the concepts of cost of capital and the capital structure of an entity.

Demonstrate a conceptual understanding of capital budgeting process.

Business strategy.

Risk management concepts.

Functions of financial management.

Analysis of financial information.

Time value of money.

Risk and return.

Cost of capital.

Capital structure.

Capital budgeting.

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

MAC241 or MAC234

None

Prohibited module

Combination

CFM221

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

56

0

9

35

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Total Learning Time 100

Method of Student Assessment Test and Tutorials:50% Final mark

Assessment Module type

Examination:50% Final mark

CFA

Level 3

3

0

1

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Management Accounting

Management Accounting 341

MAC341

15

Semester

First

B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com

7

3

At the end of the module, students should be able to:

Apply costing concepts in the design, implementation and operation of costing systems.

Apply appropriate indicators of performance to measure and evaluate management performance and provide information for management control decision-making and system design.

Joint and by-product costing

Cost volume profit analysis

125

Pre-requisite modules

Relevant cost and decision making

Activity-based costing

Zero based budgeting

Standard costing

Divisional performance measures and transfer pricing

MAC241 or

MAC234

None

MAC314

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Hours

56

-

9

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

85

150

Method of Student Assessment Test and Tutorials:50% Final mark

Examination:50% Total mark

Assessment Module type CFA

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

0

1

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Financial Management

Financial Management 342

FIM342

15

Semester

2 nd

semester

B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

7

3

At the end of the module, students should be able to:

Calculate, analyse and evaluate investment, financing and dividend decisions relating to an entity and its activities.

Valuations

Capital Budgeting

Management of working capital

Cost of Capital

Capital structure

Financing decisions

Dividends

FIM242 or CFM221 and

MAC341 or MAC314

None

FMA324

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Hours

56

-

9

85

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

3

0

1

126

Total Learning Time 150

Method of Student Assessment Test and Tutorials:

50% Final mark

Assessment Module type CFA

Examination:

50% Final mark

127

Subject Area: Taxation

B Com (Accounting) programme

Level 2

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Taxation

Taxation 228

TAX228

10

Semester

Second Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

B.Com(Acc)

B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum

6

2

At the end of the module, the learner should be able to:

Identify the main provisions, identify and interpret relevant information, and do basic calculations of the Income Tax Act, The

Value-Added Tax Act.

Identify the different concepts, interpret and analyse the information in the framework for the determination of taxable income and income tax

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Gross Income, exempt income and taxable income

General deduction formula

Special deductions

Individuals

Administration, Returns, assessments, Objections and Appeal

Value-Added Tax

Capital Gains Tax (CGT)

None

None

TAX242

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Assignments & tasks:

Assessment

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

42

10

8

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w

Tutorials p.w.

40

100

Test & Tutorials (DP): 40% of final markExamination: 60% of final mark

CFA

128

Level 3

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Taxation

Taxation327

TAX327

30

Year

Year

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Assessment

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Assessment Module type

B.Com(Acc) and

B.Com(Acc) Extended Curriculum

7

3

At the end of the module, a student should be able to:

Identify the main provisions, identify and interpret relevant information and do basic and complex calculations of the Income

Tax Act and the Value-Added Tax Act

Extract the relevant information required for the calculation of a person’s liability for normal tax, Value-Added Tax, donations tax and provisional tax ;and

Calculate a person’s liabilities for normal tax, Value Added Tax, donations tax and, provisional tax.

All of the outcomes found in the TAX 228 module descriptor are examinable in this module.

Normal Tax liability of:

Individuals; and

Business entities

Capital Gains Tax

Employees and provisional tax

Assessed losses

Trading stock

Value-Added Tax

Donations Tax

IT applications

TAX228

None

TAX343

Hours

114

30

12

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w

Tutorials p.w

154

300

Tests and Tutorials : 50% final mark

Examination : 50% final mark

CFA

129

Subject Area: Taxation

B Com (Financial Accounting) programme

Level 2

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Taxation

Taxation 242

TAX242

10

Semester

Semester 2 Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

B Com (Financial Accounting) , B Com

6

2

At the end of the module, a student should be able to:

Define and identify the different components of the taxable income framework

Identify information required to calculate an individual’s taxable income

Complete an individual’s tax return

Identify and use relevant information to complete a VAT return

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Gross Income:

Exemptions general definition special inclusions

General deduction: general definitions special deductions

Individuals (including fringe benefits)

Capital gains tax (basic principles)

Basic principles of VAT

FIA141 or FIA131, AND

ALC131 or ALC132

None

TAX228

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

A. Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

Hours

42

10

8

40

100

Tests , Tutorials and

Assignments (CAM):

Examination:

CFA

B. Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

50 % of final mark

50% of Final Mark

2

0

1

130

Level 3

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Economic and Management Sciences

Accounting

Taxation

Taxation 343

TAX343

30

Year

Year module

Main Content

B Com (Financial Accounting), B Com

7

3

At the end of the module, a student should be able to:

Identify and apply the main provisions of the Income Tax Act and the Value-Added Tax Act

Extract and apply the relevant information required for the calculation of income tax, Value-Added Tax, donations tax,; and

Calculate a person’s liabilities for income tax, Value-Added tax and Donations tax.

Identify and use relevant information to complete a VAT return.

Complete a salary reconciliation on an accounting software package and complete a PAYE return

All of the outcomes found in the TAX 242 module descriptor are examinable in this module.

Normal Tax liability of:

Individuals; and

Business entities

Fringe benefits

Capital Gains Tax

Employees and provisional tax

Assessed losses

Trading stock

Capital allowances and recoupments

Value-Added Tax

Donations Tax

Turnover tax for Micro businesses

IT applications

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Hours

112

40

0

12

136

300

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Method of Student Assessment Test , Tutorials & Assignments(CAM)

Examination

Assessment Module type CFA

50% of final mark

50% of final mark

131

School of Business and Finance

Three majors are offered in the School – Management, Finance and Insurance.

On completion of Management at the 2 nd

year level, students may select Finance as a 3 rd

year major.

Admission to Finance as a major (MAN307 and MAN308) requires 55% in both Finance modules (MAN235 and MAN234) at the 2 nd

year level or a pass in MAN312.

Entrepreneurship and Insurance are offered as half subjects at the 3 rd

year

First Year Level

Students who are registered for a degree in the Arts, CHS or Law faculties are required to complete

Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB 133)in the 1 st

Semester before completing MAN 132 in the 2 nd

Semester (or MAN131 if taken the following year).

Management

First Year

Home Department

Module Topic

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE

INTRODUCTION TO THE ECONOMY AND BUSINESS

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

INTRODUCTION TO THE ECONOMY AND BUSINESS

I EB 131 (for non-EMS students)

IEB133 (for EMS Students)

IEB134 (Repeat module in the 2 nd

semester)

15

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Semester

Programme – BCom. Extended Curriculum, B.A., SRes or Law

5

At the end of this module, students should be able to:

Explain the basic principles of economic theory and their

Main Content application in the South African economy

Understand the role of consumers, producers and the government in the economy.

Describe and evaluate South Africa’s recent economic performance.

Describe and evaluate the requirements for entrepreneurial success in the SA economy

Describe/explain the principles of small business functions and apply them to real world settings.

Demonstrate an understanding of the environment in which small businesses operate.

Develop a business plan for a small business.

Introduction to Economics and basic economic principles

Overview of the South African economy

Perfect and imperfect competition

Production and costs

Role of entrepreneurship

The environment in which small business operates

132

Establishing a small business.

Principles underlying the main functional areas.

Compilation of the Business Plan

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

None

Man131 or Man132 for 4-year programme students and Non-EMS students

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

56

30

7

57

Methods of Student

Assessment

Time-table requirement per week

150

Business Plan; Tutorial exercises; Oral Presentations; Semester

Tests (60%); Examination 40%

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

MANAGEMENT

MAN131/132: PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

MAN131/132: PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

MAN131 (1 st

Semester) MAN132 (2 nd

Semester)

15

Semester

University

5

At the end of the module students will be able to describe and demonstrate an understanding of :

• the nature of the business enterprise and its constituent

Main Content components

• the process of establishing a business in South Africa

• the internal and external environment within which businesses operate

• the requirements of successful entrepreneurs/ship.

• the principles of managing the main functional areas

• the basic management principles such as planning, organizing, leading and controlling

• the dynamics of working and completing tasks in a group

Overview of the business enterprise as a system

Historical development of the field of Management.

External and internal business environment

Entrepreneurship.

Establishing a business.

Principles of managing the main functional areas – marketing,

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations employment relations/human resources, operations and finance

Functions of management – planning, organising, leading, controlling

BCom (3year), BCom(Acc)(4 year) – none; BAdmin (from 2015),

BCom 4-yr, Non-EMS students IEB131, IEB133 or IEB134

None

None

133

Breakdown of Learning

Time (hours)

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 56 hours

Assignments and tasks: 30 hours

Tests and examinations: 7 hours

Self-study: 57 hours

Practicals: 0 hours

Total learning time: 150 hrs

Test(s); tutorials, assignments (60%) Examination 40%. Methods of Student

Assessment

Second Year

Consists of 4 compulsory modules, 2 in each semester

BCom (Extended 4-year), BAdmin and students not registered for degrees in EMS may register for

Management or SME Management comprising the modules listed below other BCom students may only register for Management:

MANAGEMENT

MAN231 Marketing

MAN235 Financial and Analytical Techniques

MAN233 Operations Management

MAN234 Business Finance

SME MANAGEMENT

MAN231 Marketing

MAN206 Finance for Small and Medium Enterprises

MAN201 Entrepreneurship

MAN233 Operations Management

Students registering for SME Management require 60% average for Man201, Man231, Man233 and

Man206 to register for MAN304 and major in Management at 3 rd

year level.

Students who do not get 60% may register for SME Management at 3 rd

year level but may not be able to continue to Honours studies in Management. They will eligible for the Postgraduate Diploma in

Management.

Semester 1

Home Department SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered

MANAGEMENT – MARKETING

MARKETING

MAN231

10

Semester (1 st

)

BCom . BCom.(Law), B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management),

BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin, B.A.(SRM), BSc(CHS), BA (Tourism),

Bed (EMS)

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

6

At the end of the module, the student should be able to:

Describe, explain and apply the fundamental principles and practices of marketing for profit-seeking and non profit-seeking organizations

Develop marketing plans and formulate strategies for various types of organizations.

Strategic Marketing planning and environmental analysis

134

Pre-requisites

Product, pricing, distribution and promotion strategies

International marketing

MAN131/MAN132; ALC131/ ALC132 or equivalent

None Prohibited Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Hours

10

5

0

B. Time-table of Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w

Tutorials p.w

1.5

0

1

Selfstudy 45

7 Other: Groupwork

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

100

Tests and Assignments (60%)

Final Assessment (40%)

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

Main Outcomes

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE

MANAGEMENT – FINANCE & ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES

FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES

MAN235

10

Semester (1 st

)

BCom , B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom(Law),

BCom(Evenings), BAdmin

6

This module is a preparation course for MAN 234 (Business

Finance). At the end of the module students should be able to demonstrate the ability to:

Conduct financial ratio analysis and interpret the results

Perform time value of money calculations

Explain and apply breakeven analysis and profit planning

Main Content techniques

Financial statement analysis

Time value of money

Break-even analysis and profit planning

Working capital management

Computer simulations

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Other: Groupwork

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

MAN 131/MAN 132; QSC131/ QSC132/ QSA131/ MAM126/

ECO135/STA 132/ BUS131/BUS132

Man 234; ACM131/132 or FIA131/FIA141

MAN206

Hours

35

B. Time-table of Requirement per week

16

6

0

43

100

Tests and Assignments (60%)

Final Assessment (40%)

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w

Tutorials p.w

1.5

0

1

135

Semester 2

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module name

Alpha numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE –MANAGEMENT

OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

MAN 233

10

Semester (2 nd

)

BCom , B.Com (Finance), B.Com.(Management), BCom (Law), BCom

(After Hours), BAdmin, B.A (SRM), B.A (Tourism), B.Ed (EMS)

6

At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

Demonstrate knowledge of basic operations management concepts

Develop an understanding of how to use basic operations management techniques

Apply the operations management concepts and techniques to analyse and improve operations

Basic concepts of operations management

Operational process types & management

Forecasting & capacity management

Production & service planning

Inventory and supply chain management

Quality management & implementation of lean operations

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy/Preparation

Other: Test/Exam Prep

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

MAN131/MAN 132; ALC131/ALC132; QSC131/ QSC132/QSA131

(50%) or MAN206 (Finance for SME’s) (40%)

None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33

Assignments & tasks: 10

5

.

45

7

100

Tutorials & tests (60%)

Time-Table Requirements per week

Lectures p.w. 2 (1 x1)

Tutorials p.w

1.5

1

Final Assessment (40%)

Economics and Management Science

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE –MANAGEMENT

MANAGEMENT – BUSINESS FINANCE

MANAGEMENT – BUSINESS FINANCE

MAN234

6

10

Semester

BCom (General), BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

Understand the relationship between risk and return

Value assets and bonds

Analyse options when investing in assets

136

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35

Assignments & tasks: 16

6

Selfstudy 43

Identify and determine the cost of capital of various financing options

Risk and return

Valuation of assets

Capital budgeting

Working Capital Management

MAN 111; MAN 121; Quantitative Skills for Commerce (QSC111,

QSA102 or QSC122) or Maths 111/126, or Mathematical Economics

103; STA 131/132/101; MAN 235 (40%)

None

MAN206

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Tutorials p.w

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

100

Tutorials & tests (60%)

Final Assessment (40%)

CAF Assessment Module type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Economics and Management Science

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE

MANAGEMENT – FINANCE & ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES

FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

MAN235 (111017)

6

10

Semester

First Semester

BCom (General), BCom(Law), BCom(Evenings), BAdmin Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

Main Content

This module is a preparation course for MAN 234 (Finance). At the end of the module students should be able to demonstrate the ability to:

Conduct financial ratio analysis and interpret the results

Perform time value of money calculations

Explain and apply breakeven analysis and profit planning techniques

Financial statement analysis

Time value of money

Break-even analysis and profit planning

Working capital management

Computer simulations

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

MAN 111 and MAN 121 OR MAN 131 or MAN 132, QSC 132 or

QSA 131 or Maths 111 or ECO135 or STA 132 or Business Stats

131/132

MAN 234 ACM131/132 OR FIA131; STA134 or

BUS STATS 131/132

MAN206

137

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practical’s:

Self study

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

16

6

0

43

100

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Tutorials p.w

Tests and Assignments (60%)

Final Assessment (40%)

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

Main Outcomes

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE –

ENTREPRENEURSHIP – STARTING A SMALL BUSINESS

ENTREPRENEURSHIP – STARTING A SMALL BUSINESS

MAN201

10

Semester

B.Com.(Management), BCom (Extended), BAdmin, B.A (SRM), B.A

(Tourism), B.Ed (EMS), BSc (CHS)

6

The module aims to develop a broad understanding of factors to be considered when starting a new business. At the end of the module, the student should have demonstrated an understanding of the:

Enterprise development and entrepreneurship as fields of study

The relationship between entrepreneurship, enterprise development and economic growth in South Africa.

Challenges facing entrepreneurs and enterprise development policies

Procedures for starting the enterprise

Tools and reporting techniques to communicate the venture with interested parties requirements of a business plan for starting a

Main Content small enterprise

Entrepreneurship and enterprise development policy and practice

Overview of successful enterprises

Characteristics of successful entrepreneurs

Establishing a new enterprise

Business plan components

Procedures in developing a business plan

Pre-requisites MAN111 and MAN121/MAN131/MAN132, ALC131/ALC132 or equivalent

Co-requisites

Prohibited combinations

Breakdown of Learning

MAN206

None

Hours time

Contact with Lecturer/tutor: 35

Time-Table Requirements per week

Assignments & Tasks

Assessment

Practicals

10

5

0

(test and examinations)

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Assessment Type (CAF)

50

100

Tests and Tutorials : 60% final mark

Examination : 40% final mark

138

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

Economics and Management Science

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE

FINANCE FOR SMALL & MEDIUM ENTERPRISES

FINANCE FOR SMALL & MEDIUM ENTERPRISES

MAN206

7

10

Semester

Semester

Main Content

BAdmin., B.A(DE), BA (Tourism), BSC (CHS), BEd (EMS subjects),

BCom General (4-year)

At the end of the module the students should be able to demonstrate an understanding of:

Different sources of SME funding and decision tools used to choose between them;

Tax implications for different types of enterprise forms

Preparation of capital and operational budgets for SMEs and decisions regarding sources of financing for SMEs;

How to determine the cost price of a product or service

Application of key finance techniques to address the practical challenges faced in financing a growing SME:

Sources of funding available, including state support, venture capital and private equity funding;

Working capital management;

Different enterprise forms and their financial/tax implications;

Budgeting and planning techniques; and

Costing

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

MAN131 or MAN132; ALC or EED (or equivalent)

MAN201

None

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33

Assignments & tasks: 20

Time-Table Requirements per week

Lectures

Practicals

Tutorials Practicals:

Assessments:

Selfstudy

7

30

Other:

Class preparation

Total Learning Time

Assessment Module type

10

100

Assignments; projects; tests (60%); Final assessment (40%).

139

Third Year

Three majors are offered in the School of Business and Finance in 2015 – Management, Finance and

Insurance (each comprising four 15-credit modules).

SME Management is not offered in 2015

Students may also register for half majors (each comprising two 15-credit modules). Half majors will be phased out after 2015

Management

Compulsory Modules:

Man 314 and Man 304

Electives:

Any of the following pairs of modules (2 x 15 credits) if offered a.

MAN 305 and MAN312 b.

MAN 305 and MAN325 c.

MAN 325 and MAN303

Finance

Compulsory Modules:

Management MAN 305, 307, 308 and 312

SME Management (not offered in 2015)

Compulsory Modules:

Management 314 and Management 325 Project Management

Electives:

One of the following pairs of modules (2x15 credits) a. Management MAN303 Service Marketing and MAN306 Retailing b. Entrepreneurship MAN333 Business Law for SME’s and MAN339 SME Business Planning (not offered in 2015)

MANAGEMENT DIVISION

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Economics and Management Science

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT

RESEARCH AND COMMUNICATION FOR BUSINESS

RESEARCH AND COMMUNICATION FOR BUSINESS

MAN314

7

15

First semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

BCom (General), BCom (Law), BCom (After Hours), BAdmin,

Relevant non-EMS degrees.

The module aims to develop communication and research skills in an integrated manner. On completion, students should have demonstrated the ability to:

Explain all elements of the business research process

Formulate research questions and design a simple study

Conduct a literature review on a contemporary business topic

Collect and analyse relevant data and compile it in a comprehensive report

140

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practical’s:

Self study

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

Conduct professional oral and written business communications relating to the research project utilizing appropriate technology

The research process and business communication models

Research questions, design and literature reviews

Research project planning and proposal writing

Qualitative and quantitative methods of data collection

Analyzing data reporting findings

Oral and written types of professional business communications, including email, letters, proposals and presentations

MAN131/MAN 132 OR MAN 111 and 121; QSC and ALC; MAN

231, MAN 233; MAN 235 or MAN 234 or MAN201 AND MAN206

(60%)

MAN 304 or MAN325

None

Hours Time-Table Requirements per week

40

40

5

0

45

Lectures p.w.

Tutorials p.w

150

Research Project; Tutorial exercises, Oral Presentation and written business communication; Semester Test (60%);

Final Assessment (40%)

CAF

Economics and Management Science

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT

MAN304

7

15

Semester

Second semester

BCom, BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

(a) demonstrate a conceptual understanding of the analytical tools used to:

Manage the process strategy formulation, choice and implementation.

Analyse the external business environment that companies compete in

Identify resources and capabilities to sustain competitive advantage

Develop the mission, vision and the strategic objectives

Select and choose appropriate corporate, competitive and functional strategies in an integrated manner

Implement and monitor selected strategies

(b) apply the above analytical tools to case studies

141

Main Content

Strategy and strategic management

Analysis of macro, competitive and internal business environments

Developing mission, vision and a strategic objectives

Strategic leadership, organizational culture and values

Formulating and integrating corporate competitive and functional strategies

Competitive advantage and strategic choice

Systems to implement strategy

Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132 AND ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234

OR MAN235 OR MAN206

MAN 314; MAN234 Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module None

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-Table Requirements per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practical’s:

Self study

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

40

40

15

0

55

150

CAF

Lectures p.w.

Tutorials p.w

Research Project; Tutorial exercises, Oral Presentation and written business communication; Semester Test (60%);

Final Assessment (40%)

Assessment Module type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

Economics and Management Science

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT

SERVICES MARKETING

SERVICES MARKETING

MAN303 (111303)

7

15

Semester

Second semester

BCom; BCom (Law), BCom (BAdmin, Relevant non-EMS degrees

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

Describe and apply the fundamental principles of services marketing

Analyse and interpret customer expectations and perceptions

Design customer service recovery strategies

Consumer behavior in services

Customer expectations and perceptions

Service delivery

Managing demand and supply in services

QSC131/132; ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233;

MAN234/MAN235/MAN206

None

None

142

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practical’s:

Self study

Total Learning Time

Hours

40

34

6

3

70

150

Method of Student

Assessment

Tests, Assignments (60%)

Assessment Module type CFA

The following module is not offered in 2015

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

Main Outcomes

Time-Table Requirements per week

Lectures p.w. 2

Tutorials p.w 1

Final Assessment (40%)

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT

RETAIL MANAGEMENT

RETAIL MANAGEMENT

MAN306

15

Semester

BCom , BCom (Law), BAdmin, Relevant non-EMS degrees

Main Content

7

At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated an understanding of:

The significance and characteristics of retailing.

The role that retailing plays within the economy.

The effect environmental factors have on retailing

The delivery of adequate customer service

Planning basic retailing mix strategies

Nature of Retailing

Retail Institutions

Retail Environment

Buying Behaviour of Consumers

Legal and Ethical Aspects of retailing

Retail organization and Human resources

Store Facilities Management

Merchandise Management

Merchandise Logistics

Pricing

Customer Service

Pre-requisites QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN

231, MAN 233; MAN 234 or MAN 235 or Man201 and Man206 .

MAN303 Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40

Time-table Requirement per week

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

34

6

0

70

150

143

Case Studies, Tests, Assignments, Tutorials (60%);

Final Assessment (40%)

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

2

0

1

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Economics and Management Science

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT

MANAGEMENT – EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT

EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT

MAN324

7

15

1Semester (Evenings only)

Semester 2 (Evenings only)

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

BCom (Evenings), BAdmin (Part-time).

Main Content

At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of :

Main challenges in managing employment relations (ER) and employees in South Africa

The field from the perspectives of different disciplines and the roles of management, labour and government

How management can select a coherent philosophy about employees individually and collectively

How human resources can be effectively developed and utilized to enhance effectiveness

(b) practical competencies in negotiations and in conducting simple research projects

Conceptual frameworks for ER

Historical and environmental context

Trade union, management and state approaches

Bargaining, negotiations and dispute resolution

Human resource strategy

Employee and union participation in decision-making

Employment Equity

Compensation and performance management

Training and skills development

Flexible utilization of labour

Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132 AND ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233; MAN234 /

MAN235/MAN206

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

MAN314

None

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40

Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practical’s

Self study

Total Learning Time

35

7

0

68

150

Tests, tutorials, research Methods of Student

Assessment

Tutorials p.w 1

144

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

Main Content

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – MANAGEMENT

MANAGEMENT – CAPITA SELECTA

CAPITA SELECTA

MAN332

15

Semester

BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom (Law),

BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin

7

Outcomes will vary depending on the course content

Subject to the availability of visiting academic staff

None

None

None

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

40

40

7

0

63

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

150

Tests, assignments, presentation, tutorial exercises (60%);

Final Assessment (40%)

Economics and Management Science

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

PROJECT MANAGEMENT MAN325

MAN325

7

15

1 Semester

1 st

Semester

BCom., BCom.(Law), BAdmin., BCom.(4 year), other programmes which permit Management as a major.

At the end of the module the student will have demonstrated :

An understanding of the need for project management and the role of project managers

An understanding of: o the Project Management Processes and how to apply these processes to effectively manage a project through its life cycle o the expert Knowledge Areas required to succeed in Project

Management

An understanding of the relationship between the inputs, tools and techniques and expected outcomes of each knowledge area

How to apply the above in order to plan a project effectively

The ability to assess the viability of a project proposal

Introduction to Project Management

Role and characteristics of project managers

Project Management Processes and Actions

145

Initiating, Planning, Executing and Controlling Processes

Closing Activities

Key Knowledge and Competence Areas

Project Scope, Cost, Time & Quality Management

Project Communication and Procurement Management

Project Stakeholder and Social Compact Management

Project Risk Management

Project Integration Management

Project planning and evaluation

Pre-requisite modules QSC131/132; ALC131/132; BUS131/132; MAN231; MAN233;

MAN234/ MAN234/MAN206;

None Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module None

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/tutor

Assignments & Tasks

Practicals

Tests & examinations

Selfstudy

Class preparation

Total Learning Time

40

30

0

7

42

28

150

Lectures p.w.

Tutorials p.w

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

Assignments, tests; tutorial exercises; project (60%) and examination (40%)

The following module will not be offered in 2015

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE

BUSINESS LAW FOR SMES

BUSINESS LAW FOR SMES

MAN333

15

Semester

BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom(Extended),

BAdmin, BA (Tourism) BA (SRM), BSc(CHS), B.Ed(EMS)

7

At the end of the module, the student should have demonstrated

Knowledge of the establishment, trading and labour laws and

Main Content regulations that affect the small business owner

Understanding of the implications of each law for operating a small business.

Key legislation relating to SMEs:

Contract law

Statutory requirements that impact on the operations of SMEs

Tax and trading legislation

Labour laws – Basic Conditions of Employment, Labour

Relations, Employment Equity and Skills Development.

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

MAN 111 and MAN 121/ MAN131/MAN 132, ALC131/ALC132 or equivalent; MAN201 and MAN206 OR MAN231, MAN233 and

MAN234/MAN 235.

MAN339

MAN205

146

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Hours

40

40

7

0

63

150

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Methods of Student

Assessment

Assignments, Tutorials, Test and Project (60%)

Final Assessment (40%)

The following module will not be offered in 2015

2

0

1

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE

SME BUSINESS PLANNING

SME BUSINESS PLANNING

MAN339

15

Semester - full time only (until 2013)

BCom.(Extended), BAdmin, BA (Tourism), BA (SRM),

BSc(CHD), Bed (EMS)

7

At the end of the module, the student will have demonstrated:

An understanding of the challenges of establishing, operating and growing a small enterprise in a competitive market

The ability to choose a viable business form for a new venture

The ability to prepare a comprehensive business plan to start and manage their own viable small enterprise

The ability to utilize analytical and productivity tools to improve SME performance

An understanding of the role of forming networks, alliances and partnerships to create business opportunities

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

This module provides an intensive coverage of the various aspects of engaging in a new business venture, including:

Starting or acquiring a small business or franchise;

• conducting practical SWOT analysis and identifying Critical

Success Factors in the sector

Planning and operating various kinds of small businesses

The business plan as a tool to secure financing, operate and grow the business

Business analysis and productivity improvement

Creating and managing networks, alliances and partnerships with other businesses

QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132 or equivalent; MAN 231, MAN 233; MAN234/MAN235/MAN206 and

MAN201

MAN333

None

147

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40

Assignments & tasks: 40

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

FINANCE DIVISION

5

0

65

150

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 2

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

0

1

Draft plan, Presentations, Executive Summaries, Individual Project,

Tests (60%)

Summative Assessment: Business Plan (40%)

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Economics and Management Science

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE

FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES

FINANCIAL AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES

MAN305

7

15

Semester

First semester

BCom (General); BCom (Law), BCom (Evenings), BAdmin

At the end of the module, the student should be able to demonstrate:

• an understanding of and the application of various types of mathematical decision-making and forecasting models to financial and operations problems.

Decision and transportation analysis

Regression analysis and forecasting

Inventory control models and linear programming

Network models

Project Management

Computer simulation models

QSC131/132; ALC131/132; BUS131/132; MAN233; MAN234;

MAN235

None

None Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practical’s:

Self study

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

40

30

7

0

70

0

150

Tests, Assignments (60%)

CAF

Lectures p.w.

Tutorials p.w

Final Assessment (40%)

148

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

MAN307

15

Semester

BCom, B.Com (Finance), BCom(Extended), BCom (Law), BCom

(After Hours)

7

At the end of the module, students will demonstrate the ability to

Explain the Investment Environment

Utilize investment management analytical tools

Perform company and share valuations

Selecting investments in a global market

Organization and functioning markets

Security Market Indicator Series

Market Efficiency

Portfolio Management and Asset-pricing Models

Investor constraints and objectives

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126; ALC131/ALC132; MAN 234

(55%) and MAN 235 (55%) or MAN 312

MAN308

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

40

30

7

73

150

Tests, Tutorials, project (60%);

Final Assessment (40%)

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

2

0

1

149

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module Type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE

FINANCE – INVESTMENT ANALYSIS

INVESTMENT ANALYSIS

MAN308

15

Semester 2

BCom.(Gen), B.Com (Finance), and other B.Com named degrees

7

At the end of the module, the student will have demonstrated the ability to:

Value investment securities

Hedge investments using derivative securities

Introduction to Security Valuation

Introduction to Fixed Income Security Analysis

Convertible Securities

Hedging financial risk

Introduction to the valuation of derivative instruments

Technical Analysis

Real estate and other tangible investments

MAN605/MAN307

NONE

MAN680; MAN780

Hours

35

50

5

0

Time-table Requirement per

week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w

Tutorial p.w

60

150

Semester tests: 2 x 15% = 30%

Group Assignment: 2 x 10% = 20%

Final Examination: 1 x 50% = 50%

CFA

2

0

1

Economics and Management Science

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE

FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - SHORT TERM INSURANCE

SHORT TERM INSURANCE

IST309 (111050)

6

15

Semester

BCom., BCom. (Law), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin.

At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of:

Legal and tax issues of Insurance contracts

Personal and Commercial Insurance

150

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

The FAIS Act and its implications

Legal and Taxation Principles

Relationship of Insurance Products and their risks

• b) an ability to identify an analysis insurance risk

Risk Management

The Law of Contract

Basic insurance Principles

The insurance Market in South Africa

Personal and Commercial Insurance Policy

The Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act (FAIS)

Legal and Taxation Principles

Legal Framework – Insurance Environment

QSC131/132; ALC131/132; MAN231; MAN233;

MAN234/MAN235/MAN206

IST310

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

40

30

10

Time-table Requirement per

week

Lectures p.w

Practical’s p.w.

Practical’s:

Self study

0

70

Tutorials p.w.

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

150

Case Studies; Tutorials; Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester

Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%)

CAF Assessment Module type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

Economics and Management Science

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE

FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - LONG TERM INSURANCE

LONG TERM INSURANCE AND RETIREMENT FUNDS

IST310 (111051)

7

NQF Credit Value

Duration

15

Semester

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

BCom (Gen) BCom (Law), BCom.(Evenings), BAdmin

Main Outcomes

Main Content

At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate

(a) an understanding of:

Risk and Insurance

Legal Framework of Retirement Funds

Different types of Retirement Funds and associated risks

Defined Benefit and contribution Funds

The FAIS Act and its implications

Legal and Taxation Principles

Life Insurance – Product Analyses

(b) an ability to perform basic insurance risk analysis

Retirement Funds

Risk an Insurance

Different types of Retirement Funds

151

Pre-requisite modules

Group Benefits

Life Insurance

QSC131/132; ALC131/132 MAN231; MAN233;

MAN234/MAN235/MAN206

IST 309 Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module Combination None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per

week

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

30

10

0

70

Lectures p.w

Practical’s p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Method of Student Assessment

150

Case Studies; Tutorial exercises; Assignments; Oral Presentation;

Semester Test (60%); Final Assessment (40%)

Assessment Module type CAF

The following module will not be offered in 2015:

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered

Programmes in which the module is offered

School of Business and Finance – Finance Division

Finance Research and Communication

Finance Research and Communication

FRC311

15

Semester

Semester 1 (not offered in 2013)

B.Com.(Finance)

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

7

3

The module aims to develop communication and research skills in an integrated manner. On completion, students should be able to:

1.

Explain the finance research process

2.

Formulate research questions and identify research objectives.

3.

Design a simple finance research project

4.

Conduct a literature review on a finance topic.

5.

Produce a basic seminar paper

6.

Conduct professional oral and written communications relating to the research project using appropriate technology

Main Content 1.

Basic Research processes in finance.

2.

Research topics in investment and corporate finance.

3.

Prepare a finance research proposal

4.

Basic computational research techniques.

5.

Research analysis and presentation.

6.

Professional oral and written communications, including letters, proposals, presentations and report writing

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

MAN235 and MAN234

MAN305

Prohibited module

Combination

MAN314

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 2

152

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & Examinations:

Self study

40

7

20

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w. 1

Seminar Paper

Total Learning Time

43

150

Method of Student Assessment Tests, Seminar Papers, Assignments, Presentation, Proposal (60%) and Exam (40%)

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE – FINANCE

FINANCE/MANAGEMENT - FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

MAN312

15

Semester 2

BCom, BCom(Finance), BCom(Management), BCom. (Law),

BCom. (Evenings), BAdmin.

7

At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the ability to:

Use finance related analytical techniques

Evaluate the profitability of an enterprise

Determine project and enterprise risk

Analyse Fixed Income securities and shares and shares

Evaluate project feasibility

Time value of money.

Determination of cost of capital, return on equity.

Determination of bond and share prices.

Risk and return

Dividend policy

Growth theory

Evaluation of leasing

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

MAN 234, MAN 235; QSC131/QSC132/QSA131/MAM126;

ALC131/ALC132; MAN 305 (40%)

MAN 305

None

Hours

40

Time-table Requirement per week

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

30

10

0

70

Lectures p.w. 2

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w. 1

Total Learning Time 150

Methods of Student Assessment Tests, project, assignments (60%) Final Assessment (40%)

153

Economics Module Descriptors

First Year

BCom , BCom (Law) and BCom (Acc) students registering for the first time in 2009 will register for ECO 134 in the 2 nd

semester

Students who are registered for a degree in the Arts, CHS, Education or Law Faculties are required to complete Introduction to the Economy and Business (IEB) in the 1 st

semester before completing ECO 134 in the 2 nd

semester

NB:

The module descriptor for Introduction to the Economy and Business is listed under the

School of Business and Finance and the Academic Development Department.

1. ECO 331 : Compulsory module

2. ECO 332 : Compulsory module

3. ECO 311: Required if student intends doing Honours in Economics

Module Name ECO 121: Microeconomics I

Home Department

Module Code

Credit Value

Economics

ECO121

15

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

S

University Module

5

ECO 121 - Upon completion of this course learners should be in a position to:

Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis.

Understand the foundational concepts of micro-economic

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment principles and its application.

Supply, demand, elasticity and simultaneous linear equations.

Introduction to the optimising behaviour of individual households and firms and the coordination of these individual decisions through markets.

Elementary theories of the consumer and the firm; non-linear quadratic equations.

None

None

None

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 hours

Assignments & tasks: 10 hours

Tests & examinations:

Self-study:

Practicals:

Total learning time:

15 hours

27 hours

100 hours

Final Exam = 50%

Year Mark = 50% (Assignments; Class Tests; Technical

Workshops)

Module Name

Home Department

Module Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

ECO 122 Macroeconomics

Economics

ECO122

15

S

University Module

5

154

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

ECO 122 - Upon completion of this course learners should be in a position to:

Understand the foundational concepts of macro-economic principles and its application

Analyse and interpret macroeconomic data

Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis

The economic problem and the circular flow

The three sectors: monetary, public, foreign

Determination of national income and employment; Money, prices and the banking system;

Inflation and economic growth / development;

The simple Keynesian model

Aggregate demand & supply and unemployment

None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 hours

Assignments & tasks: 10 hours

Tests & examinations: 15 hours

Self-study: 27 hours

Practicals:

Other (specify):

Total learning time: 100 hours

Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50%

Year Mark = 50% (Assignments; Class Tests; Technical

Workshops)

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

EMS

School of Government

Introduction to Local Economic Development

Introduction to Local Economic Development

LED111

15

Semester

Second semester

BEcon

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

7

1

The learner should be able to:

Define Local Economic Development

Explain the different local economic development activities and strategies.

Describe the basic approaches, techniques and practices of local economic development.

An overview of the following topics will be introduced to guide the learner towards the more in-depth studies during the degree:

Introduction to Economic development, economic development players, local economic development

Profiling a local economy

LED strategic planning

LED Marketing and attraction

155

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Business retention and expansion

Entrepreneurial and small business development

Managing economic development organisations

None

None

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Test and Assessments

48

62

1

6

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

33

150 hours

CPA

Tutorials p.w.

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

ECONOMICS

PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS

PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS

Credit Value

Duration

Programme in which the module is offered

Level

Main Outcomes

ECO133(Full-time and Part-time)

ECO134 (Full-time only)

15

Semester (ECO133: 1 st

semester and ECO134: 2 nd

semester)

B.Com, B.Com (Law), B.Com (Human Resource Management),

B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Information Technology),

B.Com (Management), B.Com (Acc), B.Com (Acc Extended),

B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin

5

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

• Define the foundational concepts of economic principles and their application.

• The economic problem

• Mathematical tools – graphs and statistics

• Elementary theory of demand and supply

• Elasticity of demand and supply

• Markets in action

• Circular flow of economic activity

• Measuring GDP, economic growth and inflation

• Measuring employment and unemployment

• Money, inflation and the business cycle

None

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131

IEB (Non- EMS students – subject to availability )

None

Hours Time-table requirements per week

Other: Worksheets 10

Lectures p/w

Practicals p/w

Tutorials p/w

3

0

1

156

Methods of Student

Assessment

Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Tests; Tutorials)

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

ECONOMICS

MACROECONOMICS

MACROECONOMICS 142

ECO142

10

Semester (2 nd

semester)

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Financial

Accounting)

5

Upon completion of this module students should be able to:

Define and do an elementary analysis of the foundational concepts of macro-economic principles.

Analyse and interpret macroeconomic data.

Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis relevant to Macroeconomics.

The economic problem and the circular flow.

The three sectors: monetary, public, foreign.

Determination of national income and employment; Money, prices and the banking system.

Inflation and economic growth / development.

The simple Keynesian model.

Aggregate demand & supply and unemployment.

Monetary and fiscal policy

None

QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131

IEB (Non- EMS students – subject to availability )

Prohibited module

Combination

ECO133/134

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p/w 3

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

Practicals p/w

Tutorials p/w

0

1

Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests, Tutorials)

Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA).

157

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Level

Credit Value

Duration

ECONOMICS

MICROECONOMICS

MICROECONOMICS 141

ECO141

5

10

Semester (2 nd

semester)

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

Main Content

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Financial

Accounting)

Upon completion of this module students should be able to:

Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis relevant to Economics.

Define and do an elementary analysis of the foundational concepts of micro-economic principles.

Supply, demand, elasticity and simultaneous linear equations.

Introduction to the optimising behaviour of individual households and firms and the coordination of these individual decisions through markets.

Elementary theories of the consumer and the firm; non-linear quadratic equations.

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

QSC131 or QSC132 or MAM126 or QSA131

IEB (Non- EMS students – subject to availability )

None

ECO133/134 Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p/w 3

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Tests & examinations:

Self-study:

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

10

0

15

27

Practicals p/w

Tutorials p/w

0

1

100

Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests, Tutorials)

Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA).

158

Second Year Level

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Programmes in which the module is offered.

ECONOMICS

MICROECONOMICS

MICROECONOMICS 231

ECO231

10

Semester (1 st

semester)

University Module

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance),

B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Management),

B.Com (Information Technology),

B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

6

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Explain the intermediate concepts of micro-economic principles and their application.

Analyse and interpret graphs.

Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis.

Consumer behaviour

Production theory

Costing production

Profit maximization

Dropping assumption of perfect competition

Sales maximization

60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134

ECO121 (B.ECON 4yr)

OR

OR

ECO141

None

None

Hours Time-table requirements per week

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Module Topic

Generic Module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Lectures p/w

Practicals p/w

Tutorials p/w

2

0

1

Practicals:

Methods of Student

Assessment

Home Department

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials)

Final Exam = 50%

ECONOMICS

MACROECONOMICS

MACROECONOMICS

Credit Value

Duration

ECO232

10

Semester (2 nd

semester)

University Module Module Type

Programmes in which the module is offered.

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance),

B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Management),

B.Com (Information Technology),

B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin

Level 6

159

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Tests & examinations:

Methods of Student

Assessment

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Apply macro-economic theory

Use graphs and equations to explain macro-economic concepts

Apply macro-economic theory to South African economic issues.

National Income

Components of GDP

Goods and Financial Markets

IS-LM model and AD-AS model

Unemployment and Inflation

60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134

ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)

ECO142

None

OR

OR

None

Hours Time Table Requirements per week

42 Lectures p/w 2

7

Practicals

Tutorials p/w

0

1

Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials)

ECONOMICS

LABOUR ECONOMICS

LABOUR ECONOMICS 233

ECO233

10

Semester (2 nd

semester)

University Module

B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law), B.Com (Human

Resource Management), B.Com (Management),

B.Admin

6

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Define and apply the basic concepts of labour economics (e.g. economically active population, labour force participation rate).

Apply the microeconomic tools to analyse labour market outcomes (levels of wages and employment).

Define important issues such as labour productivity and unit labour costs.

Discuss the impact of unions on wages, productivity and unit labour costs.

Analyse and interpret the unemployment situation in South

Africa.

Labour demand and supply in competitive and non- competitive markets

Wages and productivity in South Africa

The economics of wages and collective bargaining

Unemployment in South Africa

Human Capital and the demand for skilled labour

Labour market inequalities and discrimination.

160

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134

ECO121 (B.Econ 4yr)

ECO141

None

None

Hours

OR

OR

Time-table requirements per week

Lectures p/w

Practicals p/w

2

0

Practicals:

Methods of Student

Assessment

Tutorials p/w

Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50%

(Assignments; Tests; Tutorials)

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

ECONOMICS

PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS

PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS 234

ECO234

10

Semester (2 nd

semester)

University Module

1

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance), B.Com

(Law), B.Com (Management), B.Admin,

B.Com (Extended 4yr)

6

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Identify and discuss the composition of the public sector in

South Africa

Critically evaluate the different views on the role of government in an economy

Identify the challenges facing the South African government

Explain the basic principles of expenditure- and tax theory and be able to apply these

Explain the basics of fiscal policy (including the budgetary process) in South Africa.

Composition of public sector in South Africa

Views on role of government

Market failures (public goods; mixed and merit goods; externalities; imperfect competition; macro-economic instability; etc.)

Growth and changing composition of public expenditure in

South Africa

Principles of taxation: equity and efficiency

Taxation in South Africa

Fiscal policy and the national budget

60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134

ECO121 (B.Econ 4yr)

ECO141

None

OR

OR

None

161

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Hours Time Table Requirements per week

Lectures p/week

Practicals p/week

Tutorials

2

0

1

Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests; Tutorials)

Methods of Student

Assessment

Home Department

Module description

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

ECONOMICS

INTERMEDIATE MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS

INTERMEDIATE MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 235

ECO235

10

Semester (2 nd

semester)

University Module

B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance)

Main Content

Pre-requisites

6

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Apply Mathematical skills to solve intermediate economic problems (solving consumption equilibrium, production equilibrium, IS-LM equilibrium, AD-AS equilibrium, etc.)

Discuss introductory Statistical and Econometric theories, and apply the skills to derive relationships between economic variables (relationship between consumption and income, unemployment and inflation, etc.)

Apply Excel skills to solve statistical and econometric problems, as well as to plot different types of graphs (line chart, column chart, XY scatter plot, etc.)

Advanced differentiation techniques to solve economic problems, e.g., product rule, quotient rule, chained rule, and partial differentiation

Application of mathematical skills to solve intermediate linear and non-linear economic problems, such as consumption equilibrium (budget line vs. indifference curves), production equilibrium (isocost lines vs. isoquants), IS-LM curves and

AD-AS curves

Introductory statistics for data analysis: Types of data, summary statistics of data (mean, variance, etc.), confidence intervals using normal distribution and t-distribution

Introductory econometrics: Methodology, Ordinary Least

Squares (OLS) theory, bivariate regressions vs. multivariate regressions, interval estimation and hypothesis testing

Introductory Excel skills for statistical and econometric analyses, as well as plotting different types of graphs (line chart, column chart, pie chart, XY scatter plots, etc.)

60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134

ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)

ECO141 and ECO142

OR

OR

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42

Time Table Requirements per week

Lectures p/week 2

162

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Level

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Tests & examinations:

Self-study:

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

20

7

0

31

100

Practicals p/week

Tutorials p/week

Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests;

Tutorials)

0

1

ECONOMICS

ECONOMETRICS

ECONOMETRICS 242

ECO242

6

10

Semester (1 st

semester)

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance)

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Explain and do an elementary analysis of the foundational concepts and principles of econometrics

Capture and process economic data for econometric analysis

Apply econometric skills to analyse and interpret elementary economic data

Econometric theory and methodology

Correlation coefficient; bivariate regressions

Ordinary least squares and hypothesis testing

Using Excel to generate descriptive statistics and OLS regressions

Using E-Views for plotting graphs, doing econometric calculations, and running bivariate and multivariate regressions

60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134

OR

ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)

OR

ECO141 and ECO142

None

None

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

48

10

0

Lectures p/w

Practicals p/w

Tutorials p/w

2

0

1

15

27

100

Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments, Tests,

Tutorials)

Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA).

163

Third Year Level

The Department offers FOUR third level modules on a concurrent basis. The order of modules may change from year to year. Each module may be presented in either semester. A student doing Economics as a major subject should register for at least four third level modules including ECO331 and ECO332.

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

ECONOMICS

MICROECONOMICS

MICROECONOMICS

ECO331

15

Semester (1 st

semester)

University Module

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law), B.Com

(Information Systems), B.Com (Information Technology), B.Com

(Extended 4yr), B.Admin

7

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Discuss and apply general equilibrium and welfare analysis

Critically analyse the behaviour of the firm under different market structures

Analyse the firm’s behaviour using game theory

Explain and formulate the conditions for economic efficiency

General equilibrium and Welfare Analysis

Market Structure and Competitive Strategy

60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134

ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)

ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO231

OR

OR

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Methods of Student

Assessment

Time-table requirements per week

Lectures p/w 3

Practicals p/w

Tutorials p/w 0

Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests)

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

ECONOMICS

MACROECONOMICS

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

MACROECONOMICS

ECO332

15

Semester (2 nd

semester)

University Module

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Finance),

B.Com (Law), B.Com (Information Systems), B.Com (Information

Technology), B.Admin, B.Com (Extended 4yr)

7

164

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Critically analyse monetary and fiscal policy, particularly the contesting approaches of the Neo-classical and Keynesian schools

Model the theory of prices, output, inflation and unemployment

Critically evaluate the abovementioned theories of

Macroeconomic Policy as applied in South Africa

Fiscal and monetary policy

The Phillips curve

The IS-LM model

The AD-AS model

The Mundell-Fleming model.

Government intervention in the macro-economy

Macroeconomic policy in South Africa

60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134

ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)

OR

OR

ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO232

None

None

Hours Time-table requirements per week

Lectures p/w 3

Practicals p/w

Tutorials p/w

0

0

Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests)

Methods of Student

Assessment

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

ECONOMICS

INTERNATIONAL TRADE ECONOMICS

INTERNATIONAL TRADE ECONOMICS

ECO335

15

Semester (2 nd

semester)

University Module

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law),

B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin

7

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Critically evaluate the foundational concepts of international economics

Critically apply tools of economic analysis to analyse international trade

Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis of trade theory

Theories of why nations trade

Developments in trade theory

Instruments and impact of trade policy

Economic integration and cooperation

International trade and the Developing countries

Balance of payments, Exchange rates and International Trade

165

Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR

ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR

ECO 141 and ECO 142 AND ECO231 and ECO232

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table requirements per week

Lectures p/w 3

Practicals p/w

Tutorials p/w

0

0

Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay; Tests)

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

ECONOMICS

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

ECO336

15

Semester (2 nd

semester)

University Module

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law),

B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin

7

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Model the foundational concepts of development economics

Critically analyse the levels and patterns of development of developing countries

Critically analyse and interpret statistical data

Apply mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis of development issues

Determination of poverty and inequality

Growth and development experiences of developing countries

Agrarian change and industrialization strategies

Capital Flows, debt and finance

60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134

ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr)

ECO141 and ECO142 and ECO232

OR

OR

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Methods of Student

Assessment

Time-table requirements per week

Lectures p/w

Practicals p/w

3

0

Tutorials p/w

Tests)

Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Essay;

0

166

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

ECONOMICS

ECONOMETRICS

ECONOMETRICS

ECO311

15

Semester (1 st

semester)

University Module

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Finance), B.Com (Law),

B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin

7

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Define and apply the basic elements of probability and statistics

Apply the tools of econometrics to analyse the relationship amongst different variables

Apply the econometric models within statistical programs and interpret the results

Nature and scope of Econometrics

Basics of probability and statistics

The linear regression model: Ordinary Least Squares (OLS), bivariate regressions, multivariate regressions, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing

Different functional forms of regression models

Regressions on dummy explanatory variables

Introduction to E-Views

Regression analysis in practice: Multicollinearity, autocorrelation and heteroscedasticity

60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR

ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR

ECO141 and ECO142 and ECO231, ECO232 and ECO242

None

None

Hours Time-table requirements per week

Lectures p/w

Practicals p/w

2

1

14

Tutorials p/w

Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests)

0

Other: Computer Lab sessions

Methods of Student

Assessment

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

ECONOMICS

ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS

ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS

ECO301

15

Semester (1 st

semester)

University Module

B.Com (Economics), B.Com (Law), B.Admin

7

167

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Self-study:

Total learning time:

Methods of Student

Assessment

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Critically analyse the link between environment, natural resources and economic theory

Apply economic principles to solving environmental problems and discuss the limitations of standard microeconomic analyses to treating environmental problems

Critically evaluate aspects of the free market, market failures and externalities

Interpret and model the valuation of non-market environmental/public goods and services

Modelling Environmental Problems

Modelling the Market Process

Modelling Market Failures

Modelling Solutions to Environmental Problems

Empirical and Practical Applications

60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134

ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4 yr)

OR

OR

ECO141 and ECO142 AND ECO231 and ECO234

None

None

Hours

42

40

7

Time Table Requirements per week

Lectures per week

Practicals per week

Tutorials

61

150

Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Assignments; Tests;

Presentations and Research Project)

3

0

0

ECONOMICS

PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS

PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS

ECO334

15

Semester (1 st

semester)

University Module

B.Com, B.Com (Economics), B.Econ (4yr), B.Com (Law),

B.Com (Extended 4yr), B.Admin

7

Upon completion of this module, a student should be able to:

Critically evaluate the main theories of how public choices are made.

Discuss models which explain the growth of government expenditure.

Critically analyse the economic effects of different types of taxes.

Model fiscal and social policy.

Analyse the key principles of fiscal federalism.

Public Choice Theory

Public expenditure

Taxation

Fiscal federalism

168

Pre-requisites 60% in ECO133 or 60% in ECO134 OR

ECO121 and ECO122 (B.Econ 4yr) OR

ECO141 and ECO142 and ECO231, ECO232 and ECO234

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Self-study:

None

None

Hours

42

40

7

61

Time Table Requirements per week

Lectures per week

Practicals per week

Tutorials

Total learning time: 150

Methods of Student Assessment Final Exam = 50%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 50% (Essay; Tests)

3

0

0

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

EMS

School of Government

Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling -Quantitative

Analysis

Local Economic Development

10

Semester

Second semester

BECON

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

7

2

After completing this module, learners should be able to:

• Discuss appropriate features of economic profiling.

• Apply the concepts on a municipal, district, metro or regional level.

• Describe and apply different research methodologies for development information

• Explain fundamental development concepts

• Conduct basic calculations and data analysis as part of compiling of a development profile of a local area – focusing on a detailed economic analysis of the area

The following main topics are covered in the module:

• Definitions of Development

• Basic economic principles of indicator frameworks as an economic development tool

• Basic Research methodologies to apply statistics

• Basic excel skills for development profiling

• Practically compiling a local development profile for a local area

Introduction to Local Economic Development

None

169

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Test and Assessments

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Hours

31

30

1

6

32 hours

100 hours

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Method of Student Assessment Continuous Assessment

Assessment Module type Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks

Faculty EMS

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

School of Government

Investment Promotion

Investment Promotion

PUB424

15

Semester

2013

BEcon

8

4

At the end of this module a student should be able to :

Discuss practical skills required to be an efficient practitioner in developing policy and strategies that are useful in attracting appropriate investors into a municipality, district, metro or region.

Analyze with practical skills to be used to analyze and interpret specific investor needs and behavior.

Design tools that will enrich and support investor decision makers in appropriate investor related decisions.

The following main topics are covered in the module:

Investor Behavior and Psychology

Processes of Foreign Direct Investment

Regional Investment Promotion

Economic Development and Foreign Investment

Technology and Investment

Investment Policy and Strategy

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

None

None

None

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Hours

48

62

40

150

Method of Student Assessment CPA

Assessment Module type  Assignment writing



Test



Group tasks

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

170

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

EMS

School of Government

Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanisms

Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanism

LED211

15

Semester

First semester

BEcon

Main Content

7

3

After completing this module, participants should be able to:

Practically apply the various enabling mechanisms, frameworks and tools available for economic development.

Conduct an analysis of the national environment for various configurations of the above enabling mechanisms

Design and use a sector competency template to investigate the implications of each enabling framework for the three sectors – public, private and civil

Identify and discuss the risks and benefits associated with each of the enabling frameworks.

Identify economic development tools to develop business cooperatives, clusters, corridors, zones innovation incubators and technology hubs.

Design and complete various sector competency templates

Interpret data from sector competency templates

Engage with business, business chambers and industrial support mechanisms

The following main topics are covered in the module:

Mechanisms to plan and unlock economic development potential of a municipality, district or metro.

Co-operatives, clusters, corridors, gateways and zones as economic development tools.

Logic and dynamics to execute industrial formations and their applicability.

Innovation incubators and technology hubs as economic development tools

Competency templates

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling

None

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Exams and Assessments

48

56

6 hours

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

40 hours

150 hours

Tutorials p.w.

Method of Student Assessment CPA

Assessment Module type Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks

171

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

EMS

School of Government

Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanisms

Local Economic Development: Enabling Mechanism

LED311

15

Semester

First semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

BEcon

7

3

After completing this module, participants should be able to:

Practically apply the various enabling mechanisms, frameworks and tools available for economic development.

Conduct an analysis of the national environment for various configurations of the above enabling mechanisms

Design and use a sector competency template to investigate the implications of each enabling framework for the three sectors – public, private and civil

Identify and discuss the risks and benefits associated with each of the enabling frameworks.

Identify economic development tools to develop business cooperatives, clusters, corridors, zones innovation incubators and technology hubs.

Design and complete various sector competency templates

Interpret data from sector competency templates

Engage with business, business chambers and industrial support mechanisms

The following main topics are covered in the module:

Mechanisms to plan and unlock economic development potential of a municipality, district or metro.

Co-operatives, clusters, corridors, gateways and zones as economic development tools.

Logic and dynamics to execute industrial formations and their applicability.

Innovation incubators and technology hubs as economic development tools

Competency templates

Local Economic Development: Economic Profiling

None

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Exams and Assessments

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Assessment Module type

Hours

48

56

6 hours

40 hours

150 hours

Method of Student Assessment CPA

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks

172

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

EMS

School of Government

Managing Economic Development Organisations

Managing Economic Development Organisations

PUB

15

Semester

2013

BEcon

8

4

At the end of this module a student should be able to :

Define development based on the latest development concepts and practically apply the concepts on a municipal, district, metro or regional level.

Explain and apply different research methodologies for development information

Explain fundamental development concepts

Conduct basic calculations and data analysis as part of compiling of a development profile of a local area – focusing on a detailed economic analysis of the area

Main Content The following main topics are covered in the module:

Definitions of development

Basic economic principles of indicator frameworks as an economic development tool

Research methodologies to apply statistics

Basic excel skills for development profiling

Practically compiling a local development profile for a local area

None

None

None

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Hours

48

62

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

40

150

Method of Student Assessment CPA

Assessment Module type

 Assignment writing

 Test



Group tasks

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

EMS

School of Government

Public –Private Partnership

Public –Private Partnership

PUB421

15

Semester

2013

173

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

BEcon

8

4

At the end of this module a student should be able to :

Demonstrate an understanding of public procurement in the context of municipal fiscal and good governance.

Describe the legal framework for public procurement in

Local Government.

Explain the role of PPP in leveraging private financing.

Articulate the different phases of the PPP Project Cycle.

Assess the process and the outcome of PPP

Good governance

Procurement in municipalities

Legal framework for public procurement in municipalities

Public-private partnership

Public-private partnership project cycles

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Module description

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Module numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

None

None

None

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time 150

Method of Student Assessment CPA

Assessment Module type



Assignment writing



Test



Group tasks

Fare Share Module Descriptors

Home Department

Hours

48

62

40

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF

ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

FSH121

142000

10

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Semester

Programme

5

To enable the learner to

Display a deeper understanding of communication as a vital life skill;

Use communication tools for various purpose in the workplace, especially for problem solving and critical thinking;

Engage in consensual communication in the workplace,

(negotiation skills);

174

Main Content

Identify and practice different forms of writing for organizational efficiency and needs, based on cross curricular learning outcomes;

Plan and design reports, Plan and design reports, project proposals, speeches and various forms of essay writing.

Writing skills development

Various aspects of speech communication

Report and proposals writing

Preparation of public speeches.

None

None

None

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Hours

48

10

15

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment Practical assignments

Workplace assessment

Assignment writing

Group tasks

Assessment of speech/ oral communication ability

Home Department

27

100

FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF

ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 1 Module description

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Module numeric code

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 1

FSH122

142001

10 Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Semester

Programme

Main Content

5

To enable the learner to

Analyse numbers relevant to key economic indicators;

Read and understand graphs and key measurement indicators used to assess economic growth and development;

Have basic knowledge of the policy that underlies, and process followed to draw up budgets on a local, provincial and national level;

Have the ability to identify and discuss the strengths and weaknesses of various developmental paths.

The terms economic growth and how to measure it

Human development and the indicators thereof

A basic understanding of trends in SA’s economic growth in general

A basic understanding of trends in employment, labour, productivity and capital productivity.

A basic understanding of the National Budget and the ways in which it impacts upon the lives of ordinary people from a revenue and from an expenditure perspective

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

None

None

175

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Home Department

Module description

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Module numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

None

Hours

48

10

15

0

27

100

Practical assignments

Group tasks

Class Tests

FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF

ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 11

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 11

FSH118

142002

10

Semester

Programme

5

To enable the learner to

Analyse numbers relevant to key economic indicators;

Read and understand graphs and key measurement indicators used to assess economic growth and development;

Have basic knowledge of the policy that underlies, and process followed to draw up budgets on a local, provincial and national level;

Have the ability to identify and discuss the strengths and weaknesses of various developmental paths.

The terms economic growth and how to measure it

Human development and the indicators thereof

A basic understanding of trends in SA’s economic growth in general

A basic understanding of trends in employment, labour, productivity and capital productivity.

A basic understanding of the National Budget and the ways

None in which it impacts upon the lives of ordinary people from a revenue and from an expenditure perspective

None

None

Hours

48

10

15

0

27

100

Writing Assignment

Group tasks

Class Tests

Practical assignments

176

Home Department

Module Description

Generic Module Name

Alpha –numeric Code

Module numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF

ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

LOCAL GOVERNANCE

LOCAL GOVERNANCE

FSH127

142127

10

Semester

Programme

5

Main outcomes

Main content

To enable the learner to

Understand, analyse and critique the relationship between municipalities, provision of services and the responsibility of citizens;

Have a basic understanding of the nature of Local

Government;

Understand the various elements of community participation.

The legal and democratic nature of Local Government

The role of municipalities in community development

Knowledge and application of legislative requirements for community participation

Various techniques of community participation

The relationship between municipalities, provision of

None services and the responsibility of citizens

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited combinations

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with Lecturer/tutor: 48

Assignments and tasks:

Tests and Examinations:

Selfstudy

Total learning time

Methods of student assessment

15

10

27

100

Practical assignments

Assignment writing

Group tasks

Written tests

Home Department

Module description

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF

ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT

ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT

Module numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

FSH123

142004

10

Level

Main Outcomes

Semester

Programme

5

To enable the learner to

Have increased knowledge and understanding about organizational development processes and procedures;

Identify elements needed to develop sustainable and strong community organizations and reflect on relations of power, ethics and accountability.

177

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Self study

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Home Department

Module description

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Module numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Self study

Total Learning Time

A definition of Organisational Development and change theories

How to do an organizational diagnosis

The planning, design and implementation of OD

None interventions

None

None

Hours

48

10

15

27

100

Practical assignments

Workplace assessment

Assignment writing

Group tasks

None

None

None

Hours

48

10

15

27

100

FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF

ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

RESEARCH PROJECT

RESEARCH PROJECT

FSH124

142005

10

Semester

Programme

5

To enable the learner to

Formulate and understand a basic research problem/ hypothesis;

Have a basic understanding of the processes of conducting research;

Design a research study;

Conduct a basic research study to apply the findings to improve the identified problem;

Write a research report which describes the different steps in the research process.

An introduction to Research

Different approaches/ methodologies

Different techniques in data gathering

The various processes of designing and conducting a research project

How to write a research project

178

Methods of Student

Assessment

Home Department

Module description

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Module numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Production of a research report, based on a research study conducted by the student.

FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF

ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

WORKPLACE LEARNING

WORKPLACE LEARNING

FSH125

142006

40

Semester

Programme

5

To enable the learner to

Through their work, display that they have acquired the knowledge and skills of the areas that they have identified and share it with a learning partner;

Apply the acquired knowledge and skills towards the growth and development of their organizations and communities;

Identify and engage in integrated cross-curricular learning activities.

The content of the curriculum forms the basis of the workplace learning module.

None

None

None

Hours

80

80

0

120

60

60

400

Practical assignments

Workplace assessment

Assignment writing

Group tasks

Home Department

Module description

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Module numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF

ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

TRAINING DESIGN AND FACILITATION OF COMMUNITY

DEVELOPMENT INTERVENTIONS

TRAINING DESIGN AND FACILITATION OF COMMUNITY

DEVELOPMENT INTERVENTIONS

FSH120

142007

10

Semester

Programme

5

To enable the learner to

Understand the latest developments around education,

Training and Development in South Africa;

179

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Home Department

Module description

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Module numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Understand, critically analyse and implement Adult Learning

Theories;

Make choices i.t.o. content and methodology of community interventions;

Conduct learning needs assessment;

Define learning outcomes;

Plan, design, present and evaluate interventions like workshops, seminars and campaigns;

Critically reflect on and evaluate their practices.

The latest developments around Education, Training and

Development in South Africa.

Adult Learning Theories.

Steps in the Education, Training and Development (ETD)

None process

None

None

Hours

48

10

15

27

100

Practical assignment.

Group tasks.

Assignment writing.

Workshop presentations.

FAIR SHARE, SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, FACULTY OF

ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES

GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT

GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT

FSH126

142008

10

Semester

Programme

5

To enable the learner to

Understand the meaning of gender and the distinction between sex and gender;

Be aware of themselves as gendered beings;

Understand the meaning of gender stereotyping;

Understand socialization and how this impacts on gender issues;

Understand women’s practical and economical needs and strategic interests;

Have a basic knowledge of gender polices.

Understand the link between Gender and HIV/AIDS

Gender Policies

Gender Concepts

Women and the economy

None

None

None

180

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Hours

48

10

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

15

0

Selfstudy 27

Total Learning Time 100

Methods of Student Assessment

Assignment writing.

Group tasks.

Oral assessment.

Industrial Psychology

General requirements: Students, who want recognition of Industrial Psychology as a major, must pass all modules. Students who wish to register for Honours must complete all Industrial Psychology modules.

First Year Level: Consists of one semester module

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE

INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE

IPS131 (For non-EMS students only)

IPS132 (For EMS students only)

15

S (1st semester – IPS131) (2 nd

semester – IPS132)

University

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

5

IPS131/132 introduces students to basic constructs in the field of Psychology and Industrial Psychology. Specifically, students should be able to:

Explain basic psychology concepts and constructs

Describe Industrial Psychology within the field of

Psychology

List and briefly describe the different personality theories

Explain individual differences at work

Briefly explain theories pertaining to Industrial Psychology

Explain the background to and nature of Industrial and

Oganizational Psychology

Describe the basic principles of managing people and their behaviour in organizations.

Schools of thought in Psychology and Industrial Psychology

Individual behavioural processes

Social behaviour and processes

Personality in the work context

Employee and organizational well-being

Psychological methodologies

None

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p/week

Assignments & tasks: 30

Tests & examinations:

Practicals p/w

Self-study: 56

Total learning time: 150

Methods of Student

Assessment

Tests and assignments (continuous evaluation) 60%;

Final Examination 40%

181

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

CAREER PSYCHOLOGY

CAREER PSYCHOLOGY

IPS231

10

Semester (2 nd

semester)

Bcom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

6

IPS 231 serves as an introduction to the field of career psychology. At the end of the course students should be able to:

Explain the concept: Career;

Discuss the evolving concept of career development.

Identify and discuss relevant career development issues and its impact on both individuals and organizations;

Discuss the dimensions of the Career Cycle;

List and discuss the life cycle of an individual and the impact of each stage on his/her career;

Discuss the various stages of career development;

Identify and discuss the challenges related to each of the career development stages;

Explain the role of the organization and the individual with regard to career development

Understand the meaning of work

Career concepts and a Career Management Model

Career Choice

Career Anchors

Life and Career Stages

Organizational Choice

Changes in organizations and implications for careers

Organizational Support

Career Issues

IPS132

None

None

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

28

34

4

0

34

Lectures p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Practicals p.w.

100

Final Examination 40% Continuous evaluation 60%

1

1

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

PSYCHOMETRICS

PSYCHOMETRICS

IPS232

10

Semester (2 nd

semester)

BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA

182

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

6

After completion of this course, students should be in position to:

Explain the nature, characteristics, uses and abuses of psychometric tests.

Describe the legislative and ethical framework pertaining to psychometric tests based on the roles played by various users of psychological assessments;

Evaluate selection techniques and decisions and determine fairness and bias involved.

Clarify and define competency-based assessment

Development, nature, characteristics, application and abuses of assessment techniques and psychological tests.

Legislative and ethical framework governing test administration

Multimodal methods of assessment

Competency-based assessment

IPS131/IPS132 AND

BUS131 or BUS132 (BCom); OR

STA141 OR 141 (BAdmin/BA.)

Students must obtain a 50% pass mark in the above modules.

None

None

Hours

28

34

4

34

100

Final Examination 40%

Continuous evaluation 60%

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Practicals p.w

1

1

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

IPS233

10

Semester (1 st

semester)

B.Com, B.Com (4-year), BAdmin, B.A.

6

IPS 233 serves as an introduction to the general field of personnel management. At the end of this course students should be able to:

Recall and explain the history of human resources management

Explain the major role(s) and functions of a Human

Resources Department;

Recognise and evaluate the importance of environmental factors impacting on the management of human resources;

Apply knowledge of human resources functions in a real life-simulated scenario;

183

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Foundations of Human Resource Management

Job analysis & job design

Employee recruitment, selection & induction

Internal staffing

Performance appraisal & performance management

Employee training, management, development & career management

IPS132

None

None

Hours

28

34

4

0

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.1

Practicals p.w

Tutorials p.w 1

34

100

Continuous evaluation 60%

Final Examination 40%

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

LABOUR RELATIONS

LABOUR RELATIONS

IPS234

10

S

B.Com, B.Com (4-year), BAdmin, B.A.

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

6

IPS 234 introduces students to the field of labour relations in theory, but also to the importance of sound labour relations between employers and employees in practice, in South Africa, specifically students should be able to:

Describe the environmental context of labour relations;

Explain the various parties involved in labour relations and their respective roles;

Discuss the importance of promoting sound labour relations in SA

Labour relations theory and perspectives

The history of labour relations in SA

Environmental influence on labour relations

Trade unions; goals, strategies and organizations

Management strategy and employer organizations

The role of the state, government strategies and the state as employer

South African labour law

Collective bargaining law

Employee participation

Workplace agreements and procedures

The negotiation process

Conciliation, arbitration and Labour Court adjudication

Strikes and lock-outs

IPS132

None

184

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Numeric Code

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

None

Hours

28

34

4

0

34

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w

Tutorials p.w

100

Continuous evaluation 60%

Final Examination 40%

1

1

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR

IPS331

IPS331

15

Semester (2 nd

semester)

BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA

7

At the end of the course students should be able to:

Define the concepts of Organizational Behavior

Trace the historical development & schools of thought.

Identify and discuss the fundamental characteristics of the field.

Critically discuss the theories of motivation and leadership.

Discuss the basic principles of group dynamics and team work.

Apply theories of Organizational Behaviour to selected cases.

Explain the impact of technology on modern organizations

Motivation in organizations

Group Dynamics & Team Work

Communication in Organizations

Decision-Making in Organizations

Influence, Power and Politics in Organizations

Leadership in Organizations

Organizational Structure & Design

Technology in Organizations

Managing Organizational Change

Any three of the following (3) modules: IPS231, IPS232,

IPS233 and IPS234

None

IPS131/132 PLUS 331

Hours

28

47

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

1

5

0

70

Tutorials p.w.

150

Final Examination 40%,

Continuous evaluation 60%,

1

185

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

IPS333

15

Semester

BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

7

After completion of this course students should be able to:

Discuss the logic of scientific research.

Handle practical problems encountered during research

Plan projects to solve problems

Conduct scientific research, inter alia, write a research proposal, gather relevant information, analyse data, interpret the information and come to appropriate conclusions.

Write a research report

Different methods of acquiring knowledge

The Scientific Method applied to social reality

Problem formulation, hypothesis formulation

Types of research design

Data collection, analysis and interpretation

Writing a research report

Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232,

IPS233, IPS234

None

IPS 131/132 PLUS 331

Hours

28

47

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 1

5

0

70

150

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Final Examination 40%

Continuous evaluation 60%

1

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

ERGONOMICS

ERGONOMICS

IPS334

15

Semester (2 nd

semester)

BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA

7

On completion of this module students should be able to:

Think critically about underlying ergonomic principles, theories and constructs

Be proficient in applying ergonomic principles/ aspects in the design of workstations for both the able and disabled individuals

186

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Identify, analyze and evaluate ergonomic theory efficiently and effectively and recommend solutions to selected cases

Develop coherent arguments when evaluating ergonomic theory/cases and recommending solutions

Explore the fundamental concepts of ergonomics

Apply ergonomics in the design/improvement of products, equipment and the work environment

Compare the various human technology systems and approaches

Address how humans process information

Identify how human performance is affected by task, machine, workspace and environment

Consider the importance of anthropometric data in the design of equipment

Address issues relating to workplace design (namely, environmental factors, physical factors, psychological factors, Interpersonal factors and temporal conditions of work) which influence behaviour, health and safety and impact performance and productivity

Be aware of how posture and movement impact on performance and productivity and contribute to injuries

Develop an awareness of the special needs category of the population (namely. Gender, pregnant women and the disabled

Ascertain how stress affects people and performance

Address ergonomics as part of a business strategy

Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233,

IPS234

None

None

Hours

28

47

5

0

70

150

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

1

1

Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40% Continuous Evaluation 60%

Home Department

Module Topic

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

CONSUMER BEHAVIOR

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

CONSUMER BEHAVIOR

IPS335

15

Semester (1 st semester)

BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, B.A. Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

7

At the end of the module the students will be able to:

Define consumer behaviour

Describe the marketing concept

Describe market segmentation

Explain and contrast consumer research and compile a questionnaire

187

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Describe individual consumer related aspects

Describe social and cultural consumer related aspects

Describe the consumer decision-making process

Explain the role of individual, social and cultural related consumer aspects in consumer decision-making

Apply their knowledge of consumer behaviour in designing an advertisement

Market segmentation and marketing concept

Consumer research

Consumer as individual:

Motivation

Personality

Perception

Learning

Attitude formation and change

Communication

Consumer in social and cultural setting:

Reference groups and family influences

Social class

Culture

Consumer’s decision-making process:

Consumer influence and diffusion of innovations

Decision-making and beyond

Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233,

IPS234

None

None

47

5

0

70

Hours

28

Timetable Requirement per week

Lectures p.w

Practical p.w.

Tutorials p.w

Total Learning Time 150

Methods of Student Assessment Final Examination 40%

Home Department INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

Continuous Evaluation 60%

1

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

NEGOTIATION AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION

NEGOTIATION AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION

IPS336

15

S (1 st

semester )

BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA

7

IPS 336 serves as an introduction to negotiation and conflict resolution within the context of labour relations in South Africa. At the end of the course students should be able to:

Apply conflict handling skills and handle negotiations in a problem-solving manner.

Exert certain behaviour in negotiations that is conducive to integrative bargaining.

Conclude negotiations and implement agreements successfully.

188

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

The nature of conflict

The nature of negotiation

Competitive negotiation

Alternatives to competitive negotiation

Negotiation communication skills

Behaviour of successful negotiators

Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233,

IPS234

None

None

Hours

28

47

B. Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 1

5

0

70

150

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w

Final Examination 40%

Continuous Evaluation 60%

1

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

TRAINING MANAGEMENT

TRAINING MANAGEMENT

IPS337

15

S

BCom, BCom (4-year), BAdmin, BA

7

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

Identify international and local trends in HRD, with specific reference to ETD practices and legislation (The Skills

Development Act, etc).

Comprehend the need for the establishment of a culture of life-long learning in the workplace, and the transition from a focus on training to a focus on performance improvement.

Describe and provide practical guidelines for each of the phases of the training process – need analysis, designing and planning, implementation and evaluation.

Design a basic training programme, based on needs analysis conducted in a real work situation and taking into account all factors involved in the management of the HRD function

(budgeting, administration, etc).

International and local trends in human resource development

The transformational purpose and principles underpinning the skills development legislation

The learning organization and performance management

Conducting training needs analysis

Practical guidelines for the design of various interventions

Managing the HRD function (e.g. marketing, budgeting etc)

Guidelines for:

- technology-based learning (TBL)

- Adult Basic Education and

- Training (ABET)

189

Pre-requisites

- Multi-skilling

- EE and diversity training

Conducting evaluation of a learning intervention in the workplace using the most appropriate techniques, based upon an outcomes-based assessment system.

Any three (3) of the following modules: IPS231, IPS232, IPS233,

IPS234

None

None

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

28

47

5

0

70

150

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

1

1 Practicals:

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Final Examination 40%,

Continuous Evaluation 60% (Tests, Assignments)

Information Systems Undergraduate Syllabus

PLEASE NOTE:

- The Department of Information Systems may decide to limit the number of students accepted into

IFS second- and third year modules depending on the amount of resources available. Selection, in this event, will mainly be based on first year IFS marks.

- The IFS second year, Stream 2 modules (IFS 232, IFS 234) are not offered on a part time basis, and only a limited number of students will be accepted for full-time modules. Students who wish to register for this particular stream must submit their names to the Department of Information

Systems before the last day of classes of the previous academic year. Selection will be based on first year IFS marks.

- IFS341, IFS342 IFS324 and IFS351 will not be offered on a part-time basis.

First Year: (Fundamentals of Information Systems)

Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Module topic

Generic module name

Module Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS

INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS

IFS131/132

15

Semester

Faculty

5

At the end of this unit the student will:

Be able to utilize personal computer technology effectively and productively.

Be able to use the computer to organise and manage information at a personal level.

Understand the structure, activities & dynamics of

• organisations

Understand the role of information systems in different organisations

Understand the place of the information systems department in organisations

Be practiced in the workings of a typical business information system

190

Main Content

Introduction to computer hardware and software and using

• them.

Organisations & their activities and

The roles that IS play in organisations

Introduction to means whereby IS can improve business performance

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

None

None

None

Time-table Requirement per week

48 hours (16 weeks X 3 Lecture Slots)

40 hours

8 hours (3 x 2hr tests)

Practicals:

Selfstudy

32 hours (16 weeks X 2 tutorial slots)

36 hours

Total Learning Time 164 hours

Methods of Student Assessment Theory tests & assignments, practical tests & assignments (60%), and examinations (40%).

Second Year

Stream 1: (IFS Management)

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Economics and Management Science

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

BUSINESS ANALYSIS

BUSINESS ANALYSIS

IFS231

6

20

Semester

First

At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate:

An understanding of the basic components of a business process model including activities, data flows, data stores, material flows, material stores, and external entities.

The ability to develop business process models from written evidence and from interviews.

The capacity to critically appraise a business process model for completeness and accuracy.

An understanding of the basic components of data and entity relationship models including entities, associative entities, relationships and data specification.

The ability to develop data and entity models from written evidence and from interviews.

• an understanding of normalization

The capacity to critically appraise a data or entity relationship model for completeness and accuracy.

Introduction to systems analysis

Analysis and documenting of business processes

Data modeling

Foundations of database design

191

Pre-requisite modules

Level

Main Outcomes

BCom Students (3-year programme )

IFS131/IFS132 and QSC131/132 or MAT126 and ALC131/132

BCom Students (4-year programme ) and BAdmin Students

IFS131/IFS132 and QSC131/132 or QSF131/132 and

ALC131/132

BsC Students (3-year programme )

IFS131/IFS132 and COS101 AND COS114 OR COS124 AND

EED127 AND MAT105 OR STA111

BSc Students (4-year programme )

IFS131/IFS132 and COS101 or ISC153 AND MAT151 OR

IFS131/IFS132 and COS101 AND Physics 151(2010) And

MAT151

None

None

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Self-study

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

56

60

20

64

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w

Practical’s p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Practical:

Total Learning Time 200

Method of Student Assessment

Assessment Module type 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment

Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS

SYSTEMS DELIVERY MANAGEMENT

SYSTEMS DELIVERY MANAGEMENT

IFS233

20

SEMESTER (2 nd

Semester)

6

At the end of this module the student must:

Demonstrate the ability to develop refined simple project networks.

Demonstrate an understanding of the basic characteristics of work breakdown structures and have the ability to organize them, from a detailed description of project and systems requirements.

Be able to check and process basic timesheet data.

Demonstrate an understanding of the essential components of a periodic project report and develop such a report from the basic time sheet inputs and meeting notes.

Be able to identify the component parts of a systems test

Demonstrate an understanding of test scripts and an ability to prepare such from systems requirement documentation.

Be able to explain and organize the implementation tasks involved in handing a system over to the users, including physical accommodation of the system, training and fault reporting.

Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between project completion meetings and post-implementation reviews, and be able to plan and to report on them.

192

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer/tutor:

Assignment & tasks:

Tests & Examinations:

Practicals:

Self-study:

Project Planning & Control

Techniques for project control including network charts, specification of tasks and deliverables, and the application of time and work measurement.

Problems of completing the IS development work

Testing the quality of the completed system, and

Handing systems over and helping with user acceptance

IFS231

None

None

Hours

56

60

20

0

64

Time- table requirements per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w

Tutorials p.w.

Total Learning Time 200

Methods of Student Assessment 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.

40% - Final Assessment

Stream 2: (IS Development)

Home Department

Module Topic

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

INTRODUCTION TO CLIENT-SIDE SCRIPTING

3

None

1

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric code

Module numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

INTRODUCTION TO CLIENT-SIDE SCRIPTING

IFS232 (1 st

IFS232

20

Semester)

SEMESTER

6

After the course students must demonstrate:

The ability to understand and code HTML pages, and make use of CSS attributes;

An understanding of the basic principles of object-oriented computer programming;

The ability to design and code client-side browser applications using the Javascript language

An understanding of the design and operating principles of relational databases

Development of client-side browser application modules and simple databases through an object-oriented scripting approach

IFS131/IFS 132 pass requirement at 60%, QSC131/132 &

ALC131/132

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer/tutor:

Assignment & tasks:

Tests & Examinations:

Practicals:

Self-study:

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

None

None

Hours

56

60

20

0

64

Time-table requirements per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

200

60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.

40% - Final Assessment

3

0

1

193

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer/tutor:

Assignment & tasks:

Tests & Examinations:

Practicals:

Self-study:

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Level

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Year level

Main Outcomes

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

SERVER-SIDE APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT

SERVER-SIDE APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT

IFS234

20

SEMESTER (2 nd

Semester)

6

At the end of this module the student must demonstrate:

The ability to develop a software application project.

An understanding of relational database theory

The ability to program data objects

An understanding of the relationship between software applications and data sources in the context of an information system.

An understanding of the process involved in the development of a functional software application

The ability to participate in and contribute functionally to the process of application design

Produce the design for and a working instance of a fully functional server-side software application

Database-driven application development skills

The ability to participate in the design and production of a real-world server-side software application

IFS232 Pass requirement, QSC131/132 & ALC131/132

None

None

Hours Time-table requirements per week

56

60

20

0

64

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

200

60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment

3

0

1

Economic and Management Sciences

Information Systems

Databases and Data Modelling

Databases and Data Modelling

IFS242

6

20

Semester

First

BCom (IS)

2

At the end of this module the student will be able to:

Understand the principles of relational and object-oriented databases

Understand the role of databases in modern information systems

194

Main Content

Design relational databases of moderate complexity

Abstract table structure from data requirement statements

Understand the principles of primary- and foreign-key data relationships

Utilise the SQL language to query databases

Utilise a modern relational database management system using the data manipulation language and the data definition language

Model data relationships

The theory and application of relational and object-oriented databases

Data-oriented modelling theory and application

Unified Modelling Language

Object-oriented design principles

The object-oriented development life cycle

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

IFS131 or IFS132, QSC132 or QSF131 or MAM126 and ALC132

None

None

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Hours

56

60

Assessments

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time 200

Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials

CFA Assessment Module type

0

20

64

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

40% final assessment

3

0

1

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Economic and Management Sciences

Information Systems

Business Information Systems

Business Information Systems

Alpha-numeric Code

Level

Credit Value

Duration

IFS244

6

20

Semester

Second Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Year level

Main Outcomes

BCom(IS)

2

At the end of this module the student will be able to:

Understand the range, function and nature of the diversity of business information systems

Understand the interrelationships between business information systems

Apply Information Systems theory and principles that will improve business performance in the context of business cases and scenarios

Apply key concepts of operations management and their applications in the business environment

195

Main Content

Articulate the contribution of information and the associated technologies to supporting corporate objectives, adding value and generating competitive advantage for the organisation

Develop objectives and strategic plans for the development of integrated information systems within large and small organisations in the manufacturing, commercial and service sectors

Understand the role of data and business intelligence in supporting management decision making

Define the digital enterprise, and identify the unique characteristics of eCommerce and eBusiness systems as they relate to the digital enterprise

Management Information Systems

Business intelligence

Decision support systems

Expert systems

Electronic commerce and transaction processing systems

Specialised information systems – virtual reality, specialpurpose systems, artificial intelligence

IFS131/132

IFS231, IFS242

None

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Assessment Module type

Hours

56

60

0

20

64

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

0

1

Total Learning Time 200

Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials

40% final assessment

CFA

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Level

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Year level

Main Outcomes

Economic and Management Sciences

Information Systems

Introduction to Object-oriented Principles and Systems Design

Introduction to Object-oriented Principles and Systems Design

IFS251

6

20

Semester

First

BCom (IS)

2

At the end of this module the student will be able to:

Demonstrate an understanding of the history of systems development and the requirement for a new approach to systems development

Demonstrate an understanding of the costs and benefits of object-oriented design techniques

196

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Demonstrate an understanding of system models and modelling

Apply basic data-oriented models and modelling techniques

Apply the theory of object-oriented abstraction and design

Demonstrate an understanding of the nature of software objects, polymorphism and inheritance

Demonstrate an understanding of the properties of objects and classes

Use Unified Modelling Language to create visual objectoriented data models

Apply basic object-oriented approach in software development

Apply the principles of abstraction to design software objects

Demonstrate an understanding of the object-oriented development life-cycle

Utilise data-oriented models and entity relationship diagrams

Demonstrate an understanding of requirements modelling

Write introductory level object-oriented software in a higherorder object-oriented programming language

The theory and application of object-oriented design principles

Applied introductory level object-oriented techniques in systems and software

The object-oriented software design paradigm

Systems and software modelling

Unified Modelling Language

The object-oriented development life-cycle

IFS131 or IFS132, QSC131/132 or QSF131/132 or MAM126 and

ALC131/132.

IFS242

None

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Hours

56

60

0

Assessments

Selfstudy

20

64

Total Learning Time 200

Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials

40% final assessment

CFA Assessment Module type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Level

Credit Value

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

0

1

Economic and Management Sciences

Information Systems

Applied Object-oriented Principles

Applied Object-oriented Principles

IFS262

6

20

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Semester

Second

BCom(IS)

197

Year level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

2

At the end of this module the student will:

Design software and data objects using object-oriented principles and abstraction

Utilise a modern object-oriented programming language to apply the principles of object-oriented design and programming

Build coherent, non-trivial object-oriented software applications at intermediate level

Utilise a modern relational database management system interface in object-oriented software applications

Demonstrate applied human computer interface implementation and its user interface design techniques

Modern object-oriented design and abstraction principles

The syntax and application of a modern object-oriented programming language

Interfacing databases with object-oriented software

Human computer interface theory and application

None

IFS242, IFS251

None Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Hours

56

60

0

20

64

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Total Learning Time 200

Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials

40% final assessment

CFA Assessment Module type

3

0

1

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Level

Credit Value

Economic and Management Sciences

Information Systems

Systems Engineering Principles

Systems Engineering Principles

IFS363

7

30

Semester

First

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Year level

Main Outcomes

BCom(IS)

3

At the end of this module the student will:

Demonstrate an understanding of the interdisciplinary nature of systems engineering

Demonstrate an understanding of the decomposition of the system engineering process into a Systems Engineering

Technical process, and a Systems Engineering Management

Process

198

Main Content

Identify the relationship between the various systems engineering stages

Demonstrate the incorporation of feedback into engineering processes

Apply the principles of complexity management

Utilise systems engineering tools

Perform systems requirements analyses at an introductory level

Utilise the modern systems and software testing theories and models

Systems and software engineering scope

Systems and software engineering process

Complexity management

Systems modeling

Systems engineering tools

Requirements analysis

Systems and software testing

IFS242, IFS251

None

None

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Assessment Module type

Hours

70

90

0

20

120

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 4

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

0

1

Total Learning Time 300

Method of Student Assessment 60% test assignments and tutorials

40% final assessment

CFA

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Numeric Code

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offeres

Level

Main Outcomes

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

IFS INFORMATION SYSTEMS STRATEGY

IFS INFORMATION SYSTEMS STRATEGY

IFS 361

IFS 361

30

SEMESTER (1 st

semester)

BCom, BCom 4-year, BAdmin

7

After the course students must:

Understand how businesses create value and how information systems assist in value creation.

Understand the principles of strategic planning as it affects information systems.

Understand the different contribution that information systems can make in different strategic situations

Understand the activities that contribute to good project management and the competencies that support it.

Be able to work effectively (in a large organisation) in a project office, or (in a smaller organisation) in a junior project management role.

199

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer/tutor

Assignment & tasks:

Tests & Examination

Practicals:

Self-study:

Total Learning Time

Assessment Type e.g (CAF)

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer/tutor:

Assignment & tasks:

Tests & Examinations:

Practicals:

Self-study:

Total Learning Time

Assessment Type e.g. (CAF)

Be able to critically appraise and comment on project plans prepared by others.

Introduction to the possible contributions that information

Systems can make in strategic planning.

The key activities in computer operations

The management of IT resources and IT suppliers.

Introduction to the basics of project management adding to the prior second level module that deals with project control.

Accepted international frameworks for project management.

Pass requirement IFS233

None

None

Hours

48

112

12

28

100

300

Time Table requirements per week

Lectures p.w.3

Practicals p.w. 1

Tutorials p.w.1

60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials. 40% - Final Assessment

INFORMATION SYSTEM

IFS ARCHITECTURE AND INFRASTRUCTURE

IFS ARCHITECTURE AND INFRASTRUCTURE

IFS362

30

Semester (2 nd

semester)

BCom, BAdmin

7

At the end of the course students must demonstrate an ability to:

• critically appraise infrastructure plans for completeness and coherency.

• understand of normal computer room operations.

• explain service management concepts and define effective service level measures.

• understand modern systems architecture and its relationship and application to infrastructure

The key activities in information systems operations

The management of IT resources and IT suppliers.

Infrastructure management.

Systems architecture

IFS361

None

None

Hours

48

112

Time-Table requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w.

12

28

100

300

Tutorials p.w. 1

60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.

40% - Final Assessment

200

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer/tutor

Assignment & tasks:

Tests & Examination

Practicals:

Self-study:

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

IFS PHILOSOPHY AND RESEARCH METHODS

IFS PHILOSOPHY AND RESEARCH METHODS

IFS352 (1

ST

semester)

30

SEMESTER

7

At the end of this module the student should be able to:

Understand different paradigms within IS.

• perceive and understand how IS as a discipline forms part of a set of interrelated cultural, social, political and other systems.

• understand the origins of the information age.

• understand the philosophical principles of academic writing and publishing in IFS, and be able to apply them.

Understand the ethical issues raised during eh process of conducting research

• understand the nature and progress of scientific enquiry, and its application to IFS

Have knowledge of various research methods used in IFS research.

Be able to find and evaluate information critically for research purposes

Be able to write a research proposal.

Be able to interpret and use research output in IFS

IFS from a philosophical perspective.

This module is a prerequisite for the full-time Honours in IFS.

Introduction to research methods in IFS.

This module is a prerequisite for the Honours in IFS.

Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement for any two 2 nd

year IFS modules.

None

None

Hours

48

112

12

28

100

300

60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.

40% - Final Assessment

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

CAPITA SELECTA

CAPITA SELECTA

IFS351 (Not offered part-time)

30

SEMESTER (2 nd

Semester)

BCom, BAdmin

7

201

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Outcomes for this module will be announced before October of the previous year

This module will be presented by visiting scholars and/or other specialists and might change every year in line with current issues in IS.

Detail on the topics will be announced on the website and elsewhere before October of the previous year.

Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement IFS131/IFS132

None

None

Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor:

Assignment & tasks:

Tests & Examinations:

Practicals:

Self-study:

48

112

12

28

100

300

B. Amended time-Table requirement per week

Total Learning Time

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w. 1

Assessment Type e.g. (CAF) 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.

40% - Final Assessment

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

CAPITA SELECTA

CAPITA SELECTA

IFS341

30

SEMESTER (2 nd

Semester)

BCom, BAdmin

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

7

The outcomes of this module will be determined during the first half of each year and will be announced on the Departmental website before April of each year

Information about topics in this module will be announced on

Departmental website before April of each year

Registered for BCom as an Information Systems Specialist and pass requirement IFS 233

None

None

Hours Time-Table requirement per week

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer/tutor:

Assignment & tasks:

Tests & Examinations:

Practicals:

48

112

12

28

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w. 1

Self-study:

Total Learning Time

100

300

Assessment Type e.g. (CAF) 60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.

40% - Final Assessment

202

(Not offered in 2015)

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Total Learning Time

Assessment Type e.g.

(CAF)

(Not offered in 2015)

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

DATA MODELLING FOR BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE

DATA MODELLING FOR BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Programmes in which the module is offered

Level

Main Outcomes

IFS342

30

SEMESTER

BCom, BAdmin

Main Content

Pre-requisites

7

At the end of this module the student must be able to:

• understand and apply the principles of object-oriented design for data storage and management systems

• explain the principles of data warehousing and the critical factors that lead to success.

• refer to case studies in different business areas and explain the different motivations for investing in volume data management.

• transform data into business intelligence using information technology.

Object-oriented data storage and management

Basic concepts of data modelling

Data mining foundations

Data mining methods

Business applications of data mining - tools and techniques that allow an organisation to manage its volume data, and to get value out of it.

Transforming data into business intelligence

Registered for BCom (IFS) and pass requirement for any two 2 nd

year

IFS Modules.

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

None

None

Hours

Time

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 64

Time-Table requirement per week

Assignment & tasks:

Tests & Examinations:

Self-study:

120

20

96

Lectures p.w. 3

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w. 1

300

60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.

40% - Final Assessment

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

CAPITA SELECTA

CAPITA SELECTA

IFS324 (2 nd

semester)

30

SEMESTER

7

At the end of this module the student must:

The outcomes of this module will be determined during the first half of each year and will be announced on the Departmental website before April of each year

Information about topics in this module will be announced on

Departmental website before April of each year

203

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Registered for BCom

None

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer/tutor:

Assignment & tasks:

None

Hours

48

112

12

Time- table requirements per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w Tests & Examinations:

Practicals:

Self-study:

28

100

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Law Faculty Module Descriptors

Mercantile Law

Home Department

Module Topic

Mercantile Law

Mercantile Law

Tutorials p.w.

300

60% - Tests, assignments, tutorials.

40% - Final Assessment

3

None

1

Generic Module Name

Alpha Numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered

Programmes in which the module is offered

Mercantile Law 102

MER102

15

Semester

Second

B.Com(Acc) and B.Com

Level

Year level

Main Outcomes

5

1

1.

INTRODUCTION TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN LEGAL

SYSTEM

Introduction to study of law

Aim

To explain the basic structure of our legal system.

Objectives

Students should

• know the sources of law;

• know the South African legal system;

• understand the principles of the Constitution of the Republic of

South Africa, 1996 (Act 108 of 1996, as amended);

• be able to state the current principles governing delictual liability; and

• understand unjustified enrichment.

Interpretation of statues

Aim

To give basic guidance on legal rules for interpreting statutes.

Have a broad understanding of the Interpretation Act 33 of 1957.

Objectives

Students should be able to

• apply basic rules to solve problems; and

• interpret statutes.

204

Main Content

2.

LAWS WHERE ONLY A BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF THE

RELEVANT STATUTES IS REQUIRED

General principles of the law of contract and agency

Aim

To establish a clear understanding of the legal principles operative in this area, especially in those aspects where conflict can often arise in practice.

Objectives

Students should be able to

• interpret the provisions of a contract on behalf of clients; and

• assess the liability of clients and other parties to an agency agreement.

Law of purchase and sale and letting and hiring

Aim

To establish the principles governing trading transactions and the rights and responsibilities of parties to a contract of purchase and sale, and letting and hiring.

Objectives

Students should be able to

• determine when a valid purchase/sale has been concluded;

• recognise difficult situations in which the validity is questioned; and

• explain in practical terms the consequences of lease transactions to clients.

Basic principles of Employment Contract:

Students should be able to identify and interpret the essential elements of an employment contract.

Objectives:

Students should be able to

• determine if a valid employment contract was concluded

• determine the rights and duties of employer and employee in terms of the employment contract.

3. LAWS WHERE ONLY AN AWARENESS AND WHAT

THE ACT IS SEEKING TO ACHIEVE IS REQUIRED

Aim

An awareness of the relevant legislation as well as what the act is seeking to achieve with regard to legal principles of this area.

Objective

Students should be able to describe the general principles of law relating to such transactions.

1.

INTRODUCTION TO THE SOUTH AFRICAN LEGAL

SYSTEM

Introduction to study of law

Main divisions of law

Common law

Statute

Delict, contract and unjustified enrichment

The distinction between a delict and the principles of delictual liability

The distinction between civil and criminal law

The operation of judicial precedent as a source of law

205

Bill of Rights (essence)

2.

LAWS WHERE ONLY A BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF THE

RELEVANT STATUTES / COMMON LAW IS REQUIRED

General principles of the law of contract and agency

Contract

Definition and essential elements

Agreement – intention to create obligations

Capacity to contract

Legality

Physical possibility of performance

Formalities

Voidable contracts

Misrepresentation

Duress

Undue influence

Error (mistake)

Operation of contract

Parties affected by the contract

Contents of the contract

Obligations arising from the contract

Cession, delegation and variation of contract

Termination of contract

Performance – agreement – operation of law

Breach of contract – forms of breach

Remedies for breach

Law of agency

Nature

Formation

Relationships of principal and agent

Rights and liabilities to third parties to contracts made by agent

Agents’ rights and liabilities to third parties

Termination

Law of purchase and sale and letting and hiring

Law of sale

Introduction and definition

The goods

The price, effect of contracts of sale on passing of ownership

Cash and credit sales

The risk

Duties of the seller

Seller’s warranty against latent defects

Seller’s warranty against eviction

Duties of the buyer

National Credit Act

Usury Act

Law of letting and hiring

Introduction and definition

Formalities

The object of the contract

The identity of the property to be let

The rent

Duration of leases

206

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited combinations

Breakdown of learning time

Contact with lecturer/ tutor

Assignments & tasks:

Assessment:

Self Study

Total Learning Time

Methods of student assessment:

Assessment module type:

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha Numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered

Renewal of leases

Duties of the lessor

The lessor’s warranty against eviction

Duties of the lessee

Landlord’s hypothec

Termination of leases

Assignment and subletting

Employment contract:

Basic Principles

Rights & Duties of Employer & Employee

Impact of Constitution

3.

LAWS WHERE ONLY AN AWARENESS AND WHAT THE

ACT IS SEEKING TO ACHIEVE IS REQUIRED

Law relating to property transactions

Sectional Titles Act 95 of 1986, as 5ecogni

Share Block Schemes Act

Alienation of Land Act, 1981

Time sharing schemes

Rights of purchasers

Protection of tenants

Law of mortgage and pledge

Parties to the mortgage or pledge

Types of mortgages and pledge

Effect of a mortgage or pledge

Extinction of mortgages and pledges

Foreclosure

Tacit securities – Liens

ALC131 or ALC132

None

None

Hours Time-table requirement per week

56

24

20

50

Lectures p.w.4

Practicals p.w.0

Tutorials p.w.0

150

2 tests(both compulsory)=CAM

Coursework : 50% final mark

Examination : 50% final mark

CAF

Economic and Management Sciences

Mercantile Law

Mercantile Law

Mercantile Law 221

MCR221

10

Semester

First

207

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level

Year level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited combinations

Breakdown of learning time

Contact with lecturer/ tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Self Study

Total Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

Assessment module type

B.Com(Acc) and B.Com

6

2

Students will have acquired an understanding of the general principles, basic aspects and rules regulating the Law relating to Insolvency,

Negotiable Instruments, including Electronic Payments and

Transactions.

In addition students will have developed an understanding of how these principles operate in practice.

The Law of Insolvency which includes (inter alia) a comparison between voluntary surrender and compulsory sequestration, effect and consequence of sequestration on the insolvent, the insolvent estate and the solvent spouse, rehabilitation.

The Law of Negotiable Instruments, including basic principles of cheque law and including the law relating to Electronic Payments and

Transactions.

MER102

None

None

Hours Time Table requirements per week

42

0

0

5

53

Lectures pw

Practicals p.w

Tutorials p.w.

3

0

0

100

There will be two test opportunities during the semester of which at least one test is compulsory. Students can therefore choose which test to write and the mark for such test will constitute the student’s coursework mark. Should any student opt to utilize both test opportunities, the coursework mark will be the average mark of the two tests.

1 examination

Coursework mark = 50% of final mark

Examination mark = 50% of final mark

CAF

208

Programme: Mathematical & Statistical Sciences

For information regarding the Mathematical and Statistical Sciences programmes please refer to the Science Faculty Undergraduate year book.

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Science faculty

Statistics

Introductory Statistics

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Business statistics 132

BUS132

5

15

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Year level

Main Outcomes

Semester

B.Com (General, Accounting)

To be able to:

• Recognize the importance of statistics in both private and public sectors

• Summarize data into summary measures (e.g. mean and standard deviation)

• Do simple statistical analysis

• Use a computer to analyze data

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Descriptive statistics

Simple linear regression analysis

Probability

Sampling distributions

Inferential Statistics

Index numbers

Time series

QS (BAdmin) or Grade 12 Maths HG or SG (70%) or Mathematics

(50% - from 2009)

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

None

STA 111/125/141/142/151/BUS /131

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56

Time-table Requirement per week

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations:

Practical’s:

Self-study

20

10

64

Lectures p.w.

Practical’s p.w

Tutorials p.w.

3 x 1 hours

1 x 3 hours

0

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

150

Assignments (20%) and tests (30%): 50%

Final examination: 50%

209

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Year level

Main Outcomes

Science faculty

Statistics

Introductory Statistics

Statistics 142

STA142

7

30

Semester

B. Admin

To be able to:

• Recognize the importance of statistics in both private and public sectors

Department of Political Studies

First Year Level Modules Codes:

POL

SVK

:

:

Political Studies

Pass requirement

Home Department

Module topic

DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES

Generic module name

INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL STUDIES AND

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL STUDIES AND

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

POL131

15

S

University Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

5

At the end of the course the student will be able to:

• identify and describe the essential characteristics of politics and the state in a national and international context (e.g. authority, power, legitimacy and sovereignty)

• outline the development of political institutions

• provide the theoretical foundations for the study of international relations

• identify and describe key factors, issues and trends in national and international politics

• develop the basic techniques and knowledge necessary to pursue further study in the field of Political Science and International

Relations

Key features of contemporary political dynamics and state structures

Key theoretical approaches to the study of international relations

Political trends in national and international politics

Key concepts in the fields of Political Science and International

Relations, e.g. power and authority

The impact of historical trends on current political structures at the national and global level

None

None

210

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

None

Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 hrs

Assignments & tasks: 30 hrs

Tests & examinations:

Practical’s:

Self-study

8 hrs

0

56 hrs

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Faculty

150 hrs

Assignments, Tasks, Tests = 50%

Examination (50%)

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

EMS

Political Studies

South African Politics and the Environment

South African Politics and the Environment

POL 142

5

15

Semester

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Year level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

2nd semester

BA, LLb, BCom (Extended Programme) and all non-EMS students requiring the module as an elective

1st

At the end of the module a student should be able to:

• Explain the political context in which the South African government functions, including South Africa’s transition to democracy;

• Analyse political party policies and elections in post-apartheid

South Africa

• Understand South Africa’s position in a regional and international context;

• Analyse the environment as a political issue and policy problem of sustainable development generally and in South Africa specifically

• Compare the central ideas of green political thought, e.g. ecologism and environmental justice

• Provide a typology of environmental groups and an analysis of their impact

• Describe governmental and corporate responses to environmental problems, e.g. international climate change agreements to reduce greenhouse gasses

• South Africa’s political transition from apartheid to democracy

• South African political parties (policies and historical foundations)

• Trends in South African elections since 1994

• The South African political economy and its regional and global context

• Introduction to environmental politics and environmental sustainability as a policy issue in South Africa

• Green political thought (ecologism/environmentalism)

• Environmental groups (green parties and activist groups)

• Political challenges of responses to environmental questions (at the South African and international political level)

211

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

GOV 132; ESS 112

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42hrs

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Assessments

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

Module Name

Home Department

None

None

30

0

8 hrs

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 2

Practicals p.w. 0

Tutorials p.w. 1

70 hrs

0

150hrs

Assignments, Tasks, Tests (50%)

Examination (50%)

CFA

0

0

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

South African Politics and Government

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES

SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT

SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT

GOV 132

15

Main Content

S

University

5

After completion of the module learners should be able to:

Explain the political context in which the South African government functions, including South Africa’s transition to democracy;

Analyse political party policies and elections in post-apartheid

South Africa

Evaluate South Africa’s position in regional and international context;

Explain the interface between politics and economics in South

Africa

Describe the constitutional framework of the South African government

Recall terminology, trends, categories, methodology and theories of South African central and provincial government structures

Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the structure of the central and provincial government of South Africa

South Africa’s political transition from apartheid to democracy

South African political parties (policies and historical foundations)

Trends in South African elections since 1994

The South African political economy and its regional and global context

Classification of and relationships between the legislative, judicial and executive branches of government in South Africa

The composition and structure of branches of the South African

212

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Tests & examinations: government

Division of government functions and services between central, provincial and local spheres of government in South Africa

None

None

None

Time-table Requirement per week

56 hrs

30 hrs

8 hrs

Practical’s:

Self-study

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

56 hrs

150 hrs

Methods of Student

Assessment

Second Year Level Modules

Assignments, Tasks, Tests = 60%

Examination (40%)

SVK :Pol 131 (previously 101 , 111 and 112) (at least 50%) or GOV132 (previously 102, 121 and 122)

(at least 40%) OR POL142

Any four modules may be selected in consultation with the department.

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

Year Level

Main Outcomes

EMS

Political Studies

South Africa in Comparative Political Context

South Africa in Comparative Political Context

POL 231

6

20

Semester

1st or 2nd

B.Admin; BA

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

2nd

At the end of this module, students should be able to:

• Describe concepts, employ methods and apply theoretical perspectives in the field of comparative politics

• Apply these concepts, methods and theories to compare South

African political institutions with other selected case studies

• Analyse the latest debates and controversies in South African politics and political-economy using a comparative context (in relation to other case studies)

• Comparative method in Political Studies

• Political institutions

• Contemporary debates in South African politics

• Political-economic issues in South Africa

• Selected comparative case studies

Pol 131 AND GOV 132 OR POL 142

None

213

Prohibited module combinations

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assignments & tasks:

Assessment

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

42

70

0

8

80

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 2

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w. 1

0

200

Continuous Evaluation (50%), e.g. Class Test, Tutorial Exercises,

Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam

CFA

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

EMS

Political Studies

International Political Dynamics

International Political Dynamics

POL 232

6

20

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

Year Level

Main Outcomes

Semester

1st or 2nd

B.Admin; BA

2nd

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited module combinations

At the end of this module, students should be able to:

• Define concepts related to the study of foreign policy and international institutions, e.g. diplomacy, global governance, and international regimes

• Describe and explain the formation and nature of international institutions in terms of IR theories, e.g. regional integration and regime theory

• Identify and explain economic, political and military instruments of foreign policy

• Explain the origin and evaluate the purpose and shortcomings of selected international organisations, e.g. the United Nations and the African Union

• Analyze and evaluate foreign policy issues by explaining how individual, state and system level factors impact on a state’s foreign policy

• Main definitions, concepts, approaches and theories in the study of foreign policy and international institutions

• The role of state leadership, domestic politics and a state’s position and power in foreign policy-making

• Selected foreign policy issues

• International cooperation through international institutions

• Regional integration and international regime formation

• Global governance with specific reference to international organisations, such as the United Nations or the African Union

Pol 131 AND GOV 132 OR POL 142

None

None

214

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42

Assignments & tasks:

Assessment

Practicals:

70

0

8

80

0

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Faculty

200

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w. 2

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w. 1

Continuous Evaluation (50%), e.g. Class Test, Tutorial Exercises,

Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Economics and Management Science

POLITICAL STUDIES

Capita Selecta in Political Studies

Capita Selecta in Political Studies

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

POL233

6

20

Semester

1 st

or 2 nd

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

None

None

42

Tests & examinations:

Assignments & Tasks

Practicals:

Selfstudy

B Admin; BA

At the end of this module students should be able to:

Describe and explain concept related to the selected topic in

Political Studies

Evaluate theories or approaches related to the selected topic in

Political Studies

Critically review literature on the selected topic

Analyse key events, actors and/or processes related to a selected topic

Conceptual clarification on a selected topic in Political Studies

Theories or approaches in the study of a selected topic

Literature Review on a selected topic

Key events, actors and processes related to a selected topic

Pol131 AND GOV 132/ POL142

0

70

0

80

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures

Practicals

Tutorials

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Assessment Module type

Assessment Module Type

0

200

Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial Exercises,

Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam

CFA

215

Third Year

Pass POL131, GOV132 OR POL142 plus three second year level credits in Political Studies.

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

Economics and Management Science

POLITICAL STUDIES

Political Theory

Political Theory

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

POL331

7

30

Semester

1 st

or 2 nd

B Admin; BA

Year level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assessments:

Assignments & Tasks

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Assessment Module type

3 rd

At the end of this module students should be able to:

Describe and evaluate important contemporary political theories

Compare theories with respect to relevant criteria, e.g. their view on the sources of authority and power in society\

Identify proponents of these theories and explain their contribution to the development of political though

Critically explain the nature and political functions of political ideas

Compare selected ideologies

Situate political theories and ideologies in historical context

Selected political theories

Arguments and critique of proponents of these theories

Political uses of ideologies

History of political ideas

Any three from the following: POL211, POL213, POL221,POL224

OR any on of the following: POL231,POL232,POL233

None

None

Hours

42

8

100

0

150

0

300

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures

Practicals

Tutorials

Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial Exercises,

Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam

216

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Year level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assessments:

Assignments & Tasks

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Assessment Module type

Assessment Module Type

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Level

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Economics and Management Science

POLITICAL STUDIES

Research Methodology In Political Studies

Research Methodology In Political Studies

POL332

7

30

Semester

1 st

or 2 nd

B Admin; BA

3 rd

At the end of this module students should be able to:

Identify and evaluate different research approaches and methods used in Political studies

Design a basic research project on a selected topic by describing a research problem; formulating a research question, research aims and objectives, a hypothesis or propositions; and choosing the appropriate method(s) to gather and analyse data

Execute a basic research project on topic in political Studies

Various research approaches and methodologies

Research design

Research problem, question, aims and objectives

Basic research project on a selected topic

Data gathering and analysis

Any three from the following: POL211, POL213, POL221,POL224

OR any on of the following: POL231,POL232,POL233

None

None

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

42

8

120

0

Lectures

Practicals

Tutorials

130

0

300

Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial Exercises,

Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam

CFA

2

Economics and Management Science

POLITICAL STUDIES

Capita Selecta in Political Studies

Capita Selecta in Political Studies

POL333

7

30

Semester

217

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

1 st

or 2nd

B Admin; BA

3 rd

Year level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

At the end of this module students should be able to:

Describe and explain concepts related to the selected topic in

Political Studies

Critically evaluate, compare and contrast theories or approaches related to the selected topic in Political Studies

Critically review literature on the selected topic

Critically analyse key events, actors and/or processes related to selected topic.

Conceptual clarification on a selected topic in Political Studies

Theories or approaches in the study of selected topic

Critical Literature Review on a selected topic

Key events, actors and processes related to a selected topic

Pre-requisite modules Any three from the following: POL211, POL213, POL221,POL224

OR any on of the following: POL231,POL232,POL233

None Co-requisite modules

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

None

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Assessments:

42

8

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures

Practicals

2

Tutorials Assignments & Tasks

Practicals:

Selfstudy

120

0

130

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

0

300

Assessment Module type

Assessment Module Type CFA

Public Administration

First Year Level Courses

The course consists of two sections

Home Department

Module topic

School of Government: Public Administration

Introduction to Public and Local Government Administration and

Management

Generic module name

Continuous Evaluation(50%), e.g. Class test, Tutorial Exercises,

Academic Paper AND Final assessment (50%), e.g. Exam

Introduction to Public and Local Government Administration and

Management

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

PUA131

15

S

University

6

After completion of the module learners should be in a position to:

Possess a comprehensive introduction to the discipline of public administration/management from its early days to the present

Demonstrate an understanding of the role and scope of the activity of public administration or public management and in

218

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Tests & examinations:

Assignments & Tasks

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment the context of the contemporary state

Analyse the patterns of interaction between public administration at work, and other formal political institutions of the state and as well as other components of civil society

Evaluate the role of public administration in the process of public policy-making

Examine and evaluate the on-going changing role and scope of the state and its administration

Understand and analyse the importance of the administration and/or management of public affairs and the role and functions of the public manager within this context

Understand theories of local government and comprehend the structure of local government in South Africa

Public Administration as a field of study

Government functions and services

Intergovernmental relations

The relationship between governance and public management

Policy implementation, impact and evaluation

The role of and functions of the public manager

An introduction to the composition and structure of the local sphere of government.

The importance, role, functions, structures and process of the local sphere of government in South Africa

None

None

None

Hours

42 hrs

10 hrs

40 hrs

0

58 hrs

150 hrs

Assignments, Tasks 15%

Group case study 20%

Tests 25%

Assessment (40%)

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL STUDIES

SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT

SOUTH AFRICAN POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT

GOV 132

15

S

University

5

After completion of the module learners should be able to:

Explain the political context in which the South African government functions, including South Africa’s transition to democracy;

Analyse political party policies and elections in post-apartheid

219

Main Content

South Africa

Evaluate South Africa’s position in regional and international context;

Explain the interface between politics and economics in South

Africa

Describe the constitutional framework of the South African government

Recall terminology, trends, categories, methodology and theories of South African central and provincial government structures

Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the structure of the central and provincial government of South Africa

South Africa’s political transition from apartheid to democracy

South African political parties (policies and historical foundations)

Trends in South African elections since 1994

The South African political economy and its regional and global context

Classification of and relationships between the legislative, judicial and executive branches of government in South Africa

The composition and structure of branches of the South

African government

Division of government functions and services between

None central, provincial and local spheres of government in South

Africa

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Tests & examinations:

Assignments & Tasks

Practicals:

42 hrs

10 hrs

40 hrs

0

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student

Assessment

58 hrs

150 hrs

Assignments, Tasks, Tests = 60%

Examination (40%)

Second Year Level Courses

Students are required to select four elective modules in consultation with the department.

Home Department

Module topic

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

PUBLIC SECTOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

PUBLIC SECTOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

PUA211

10

Term

University

6

220

Main Outcomes

Main Content

After completion of the module learners will be able to:

Explain the terminology, elements, categories, principles, criteria and methodology of human resource management.

Explain the role and functions of the public manager in human resource management.

Explain the nature and dynamics of the personnel provision and utilisation phases of the human resource management process.

Apply the fundamentals of human resource management to public sector human resource management.

Fundamentals of human resource management

Human resource provisioning

Human resource utilization

Role of and functions of public manager in human resource management

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

PUA 131 (40%) And GOV 132 (40%)

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time HOURS

Practicals:

Methods of Student

Assessment

Module Name

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study 10%

Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20%

Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process 15%

Evaluation of research assignment 15%

Examination 40%

PUA 212: Public Policy Analysis

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS

PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS

PUA212

10

Term

University

6

After completion of the module, learners will be able to:

• Explain the organizational, sectoral and societal significance of policy.

• Explain the nature and dynamics of phases in the policy process.

• Apply public policy analysis methodologies to policy issues.

• Design a Policy Issue Paper which reflects the structuring of a policy issue.

• The identification, structuring, assessment and prioritisation of public policy issues.

• The design of public policy projects.

• The implementation of public policy projects.

• The control, evaluation and review of public policy projects.

PUA131 (40%) And GOV 132 (40%)

221

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor:

Tests & examinations:

21 hrs

9 hrs

Assignments & Tasks

Practicals:

Selfstudy

Other: Please specify

42 hrs

0

28 hrs

Total Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

100 hrs

Home Department School of Government - Public Administration

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Administration and Democracy

Administration and Democracy

PUA213

10

Term

University

6

After completion of the module students should be able to:

Examine and explain contemporary issues of Public

Administration with the administrative, social, economic and political values of a democratic state.

Examine and apply various approaches on democratic theories, civil society and bureaucracy to contemporary South African

Public Administration.

Synthesize research findings on public administration and democracy in South Africa.

Contemporary issues of South African Public Administration in relation to administrative, social, economic and political values of a democratic state.

Approaches on democratic theories, civil society and bureaucracy.

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer

Assignments & tasks

Tests & examinations:

PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%)

None

None

Hours

33 hours

3 hours0

9 hours

Self-study:

Practicals

Total learning time 100 hours

Methods of Student Assessment Assignment & tasks: 15%

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10%

Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20%

Evaluation of Personal Portfolio process 15%

28 hours

222

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

School of Government - Public Administration

Public Financial Management

Public Financial Management

PUA221

10

Term

University

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

6

After completion of the module students should be able to:

Explain the fundamentals of public sector financial management: terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations; and theories of public financial management.

Explain the significance of the role of the budget in pursuing the goals and objectives of the government.

Explain the nature and dynamics of the phases of the budget cycle.

Explain the role of the public manager in public financial management.

Evaluate the impact of financial control measures (e.g. auditorgeneral) on efficient and effective management practices in governmental organisations.

Fundamentals of public financial management

Socio-political realities of public financial management

National budgets: features, functions & practices

Public financial accountability; internal control; auditing; intergovernmental fiscal relations; provisioning administration; public debt management; and role of and functions of public manager in financial management.

PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%)

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer 21 hours

Contact with tutor

Assignments & tasks

Tests & examinations:

12 hours

30 hours0

9 hours

Self-study:

Practicals

28 hours

Total learning time 100 hours

Methods of Student Assessment Assignment & tasks: 20%

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10%

Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 15%

Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%

Examination: 40%

223

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

School of Government - Public Administration

Urban and Rural Management

Urban and Rural Management

PUA222

10

Term

University

6

After completion of the module students should be able to

Explain the organisational and societal significance of urbanisation processes, particularly in developing countries.

Comprehend and explain the challenges urbanisation gives rise to, such as informal settlements, job creation, service delivery, etc.).

Explain the challenges facing rural development in developing countries, particularly on the African continent.

Comprehend contemporary management issues in urban and rural local government, particularly in developing countries.

Main Content Contemporary issues of urbanisation processes:

• challenges of informal settlements, job creation, service delivery.

Intergovernmental relations and urban functions and processes.

Role of rural areas in social and political economy and approaches towards management of this sector.

Appropriate forms of rural government and effective management of rural and urban development.

PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%) Pre-requisites

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor

Contact with tutor

Assignments & tasks

Tests & examinations:

Self-study:

Practicals

Total learning time

Methods of Student

Assessment

21 hrs

12 hrs

30 hrs

9 hrs

28 hrs

100 hrs

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10%

Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20%

Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%

Evaluation of research assignment: 15%

Examinations: 40%

224

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

ORGANISATIONAL THEORIES IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR

ORGANISATIONAL THEORIES IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR

PUA223

10

Term

University

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

6

After completion of the module students should be able to:

Recall terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations.

Comprehend major theories/schools of thought on organisation.

Explain applicability of principles of major theories/schools of thought on organization to public administration institutions.

Nature of organisation theories

Formal theories of organisation: Bureaucratic model, scientific management, universal school of administration, human relations approach, decision-making approach, behavioural science approach, environmental approaches, systems and contingency theories, cybernetics; organization development and change.

PUA131 (40%) and GOV132 (40%) Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer 21

Contact with tutor

Assignments & tasks

Tests & examinations:

12

30

9

Self-study:

Practicals

Total learning time

Methods of Student

Assessment

28

100

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10%

Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20%

Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%

Evaluation of research assignment: 15%

Examinations: 40%

225

Practicum

Third Year Level

Students are required to select four elective modules in consultation with the Department.

Home Department

Module topic

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

RESEARCH METHODS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

RESEARCH METHODS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

PUA311

15

Term

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

University

7

After completion of the module students should be able to:

Explain terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations.

Explain the application of analytic tools and social science methods to problems associated with policy formulation, implementation and evaluation.

Apply the logic and skills needed to engage in practical research projects.

The research process

Conceptual foundations and elements of social scientific research and types of research

Preparation and conceptualisation of policy studies

Research designs

Analysis of recommendations, research report writing and communication of research results to policymakers

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

PUA131, GOV132; PUA 212

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer 21

Assignments & tasks

Tests & examinations:

40

10

Self-study: 65

Practicals/ contact with tutor 14

Total learning time

Methods of Student

Assessment

150

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10%

Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20%

Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process 15%

Evaluation of Research assignment: 15%

Examinations: 40%

226

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

LOCAL GOVERNMENT

LOCAL GOVERNMENT

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

PUA312

15

Term

University

7

Main Content

After completion of the module students should be able to:

Recall terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of local government administration and management.

Comprehend and explain the structure of local government in

South Africa and contemporary management issues in metropolitan and rural local government.

Analyse and explain elements, relationships, problems and challenges facing local authorities within a framework of comparative studies of systems of local government in various countries.

Aspects of citizen participation and representation

Local government issues: finance; metropolitan growth; implications of industrialisation and urbanisation

Comparative study of systems of local government

PUA 131, GOV132, PUA 222 Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer 21

Assignments & tasks

Tests & examinations:

40

10

Self-study: 65

Practicals/ contact with tutor 14

Total learning time

Methods of Student

Assessment

150

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10%

Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions:20%

Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%

Evaluation of research assignment: 15%

Examination: 40%

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

COMPARATIVE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

COMPARATIVE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

PUA313

15

Term

University

7

After completion of the module students should be able to:

Explain terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of administrative systems of developed and developing nations.

227

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Explain and compare the structure and systems of administration of government of developed and developing nations.

Explain the elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the systems of administration of developed and developing countries.

Criteria for cross-national comparisons

Comparison of structures and administrative culture; dimensions of administrative capacity; causes of chronic mal-administration; comparative study of key policy issues

PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222

None

None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer 21

Contact with tutor

Assignments & tasks

40

10

Tests & examinations:

Self-study:

65

14

Practicals/ contact with tutor 150

Total learning time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10%

Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20%

Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%

Evaluation of Research assignment: 15%

Examinations: 40%

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF PLANNING

THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF PLANNING

PUA314

15

Term

University

7

After completion of the module students should be able to:

Recall fundamentals of development planning and planning techniques: terminology; specific facts; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalizations.

Develop a practically-oriented overview of various models of development planning and major planning techniques.

Develop an understanding of the field from different disciplinary perspectives.

Social mobilization approaches to development

Planning Human resource theories

Economic growth forecasting methods

Demographic-based projections

Micro and macro-economic models

PUA131, GOV132, PUA 211, PUA 212

None

None

228

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer 21

Assignments & tasks 40

Tests & examinations:

Self-study:

10

65

Practicals/ contact with tutor 14

Total learning time 150

Methods of Student

Assessment

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10%

Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20%

Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%

Evaluation of research assignment: 15%

Examinations: 40%

Home Department

Module topic

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

MANAGEMENT IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

MANAGEMENT IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR

PUA321

15

Term

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisites

University

7

After completion of the module students should be able to:

Explain management terminology; conventions; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations; and theories of management.

Explain the role, functions and skills requirements of the public manager in a public sector environment.

Comprehend the utility of specific management techniques to enhance efficient and effective decision-making.

Fundamentals of public sector management

Roles & functions of the public manager in policymaking; planning; organising; leadership; coordination and control; evaluation, discipline and staff development

Changing roles of public managers and skills required

PUA131, GOV132, PUA 211, PUA 212, PUA221 (40%), PUA222

(40%)

None Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer 21

Contact with tutor 40

Assignments & tasks

Tests & examinations:

Self-study:

10

65

14

Practicals/ contact with tutor 150

Total learning time

Methods of Student

Assessment

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10%

Evaluation of the learner’ s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20%

Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%

Evaluation of research assignment: 15%

Examinations: 40%

229

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION

DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION

PUA322

15

Term

University

7

After completion of the module students should be able to:

Explain terminology; specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles; generalisations; and models of development.

Comprehend and explain the role of public administration in promoting of especially socio-economic development

Apply models of development in particular development situations.

Explain problems and challenges in development administration and development crises in Third World countries.

Meanings and features of development administration and models of development

Entrepreneurial public administration and the promotion of developmental programmes

Public administration and public enterprise

Problems in development administration in the Third World

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites rohibited Combinations

PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222

None

None reakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer 21

Assignments & tasks

Tests & examinations:

40

10

Self-study: 65

Practicals/ contact with tutor 14

Total learning time

Methods of Student

Assessment

150

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10%

Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20%

Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%

Evaluation of research assignment: 15%

Examinations: 40%

Module Name

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

PUA 323- Management Systems in the Public Sector

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR

PUA323

15

Term

University

7

After completion of the module students should be able to:

Explain terminology, specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of management systems in the public sector.

230

Main Content

Explain application of management systems and techniques to public sector programmes.

Apply relevant management techniques to particular and concrete situations within public sector programmes.

The application of computerized information systems project management, systems analysis, PERT, CPM, and other systems management approaches to public sector programmes.

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer

Assignments & tasks

Tests & examinations:

PUA131, GOV132, PUA 222, PUA221 (40%)

None

21

40

10

Self-study: 65

Practicals/ contact with tutor 14

Total learning time

Methods of Student

Assessment

150

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10%

Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20%

Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%

Evaluation of research assignment: 15%

Examinations: 40%

Module Name

Home Department

Module topic

Generic module name

Alpha-numeric Code

Credit Value

Duration

Module Type

Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

PUA 324- Public Enterprise Management

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

PUBLIC ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT

PUBLIC ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT

PUA324

15

Term

7

University

After completion of the module students should be able to:

Recall terminology, specific facts; trends and sequences; classifications and categories; criteria; methodology; principles and generalisations of public enterprises.

Understand and explain the classification, structures and management systems of public enterprises.

Explain the role of public enterprises as major instruments of development planning and implementation.

Analyse elements, relationships and organizational principles pertaining to the structure and management of public enterprises.

Examine the purposes, performance and problems of management in public enterprises and their role in terms of contribution to employment, investment and output.

Role of performance of public enterprises; Financial autonomy and accountability; Coordination within government; Reform of public enterprise; Privatisation and liquidation.

Pre-requisites

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

PUA131, GOV132, PUA 221, PUA 222

None

None

231

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer 21

Assignments & tasks 40

Tests & examinations:

Self-study:

10

65

Practicals/ contact with tutor 14

Total learning time 150

Methods of Student

Assessment

Tests which measure learning acquired through lecture attendance and self-study: 10%

Evaluation of the learner’s preparation for tutorial exercises and participation in tutorial sessions: 20%

Evaluation of the Personal Portfolio process: 15%

Evaluation of research assignment: 15%

Examinations: 40%

Faculty

Home Department

Module Topic

Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code

NQF Credit Value

Duration

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

NQF level

Year Level

Main Outcomes

EMS

School of Government

Industrial Policy

Industrial Policy

IDP311

15 semester

First semester

BEcon

7

3

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules

Co-requisite modules

After completing this module, learners will be able to:

Evaluate i) the objectives of the NIPF ii) the strategic programs of NIPF and iii) the implications of the accelerated and shared growth initiative.

Explain the necessary conditions for industrialisation and ii) discuss the pre-1994 and post 1994 industrial development path of South Africa

Perform a situational analysis of industrial development in

South Africa by referring to aspects such as industrial strategies, financing issues, skill & education issues, impact of fiscal policy, technology & innovation, small business development and competition policy.

Evaluate the recent industrial policy plan of government

The following main topics are covered in the module:

The concept of Industrial Policy & the National Industrial

Policy Framework (NIPF)

Industrialisation

Situational Analysis of Industrial Development

Industrial & Sector Strategies

Financing Issues of Industrial Policy

Skills & Education Issues for Industrial Policy

Industrial Regulation & Competition Policy

Industrial Policy & Fiscal Policy

Industrial Policy & Issues Pertaining

Industrial policy action Plan

ECO 231 and ECO 232

None

232

Prohibited module

Combination

Breakdown of Learning

Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28

Assignments & tasks:

Practicals:

Test and Assessments

35

1

6

Selfstudy

Total Learning Time

Method of Student

Assessment

Assessment Module type

51

150 hours

CPA

Time-table Requirement per week

Lectures p.w.

Practicals p.w.

Tutorials p.w.

Formal assessment. i.e. Test, Assignment and group tasks

233

Download